Document:

Exhibit 10.3

 

Certain
portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Rule 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K. The omitted information is (i) not
material and (ii) the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that has been omitted has been noted
in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.  

 

EXECUTION
VERSION

 

Rentokil
- Bridge and Term Facilities Agreement

 

between

 

Rentokil Initial plc

as Borrower

 

The Financial Institutions identified in this
Agreement

as Arrangers

 

The Financial Institutions identified in this
Agreement

as Original Lenders

 

Barclays Bank PLC as Documentation Agent

 

and

 

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

as Agent

 

relating to

 

USD
2,700,000,000 acquisition finance bridge and term facilities

 

    	 	i	 

     

    

 

Contents

 

	1.	Definitions and Interpretation	1
	 	 
	2.	The Facilities	23
	 	 
	3.	Purpose	26
	 	 
	4.	Conditions of Utilisation	26
	 	 
	5.	Utilisation	27
	 	 
	6.	Repayment	28
	 	 
	7.	Prepayment and Cancellation	28
	 	 
	8.	Interest	35
	 	 
	9.	Interest Periods	36
	 	 
	10.	Changes to the Calculation of Interest	36
	 	 
	11.	Fees	38
	 	 
	12.	Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities	39
	 	 
	13.	Increased Costs	48
	 	 
	14.	Other Indemnities	51
	 	 
	15.	Mitigation by the Lenders	52
	 	 
	16.	Costs and Expenses	53
	 	 
	17.	[Clause not used]	53
	 	 
	18.	Representations	53
	 	 
	19.	Information Undertakings	57
	 	 
	20.	[Clause not used]	61
	 	 
	21.	General Undertakings	61
	 	 
	22.	Events of Default	66
	 	 
	23.	Changes to the Lenders	69
	 	 
	24.	Changes to the Borrower	74
	 	 
	25.	Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties	75
	 	 
	26.	Sharing among the Finance Parties	75
	 	 
	27.	Payment Mechanics	76

 

    	 	ii	 

     

    

 

	28.	Set-Off	80
	 	 
	29.	Notices	80
	 	 
	30.	Calculations and Certificates	82
	 	 
	31.	Partial Invalidity	83
	 	 
	32.	Remedies and Waivers	83
	 	 
	33.	Amendments and Waivers	83
	 	 
	34.	Role of the Agent and the Arrangers	91
	 	 
	35.	Confidential Information	100
	 	 
	36.	Confidentiality of Funding Rates	103
	 	 
	37.	Counterparts	105
	 	 
	38.	Governing Law	105
	 	 
	39.	Jurisdiction	105
	 	 
	40.	Waiver of trial by jury	105
	 	 
	41.	USA PATRIOT Act	105

 

	Schedule
    1 : The Finance Parties	106
	 	 
	Part 1
    : The Original Lenders	106
	 	 
	Part 2
    : The Arrangers	108
	 	 
	Schedule
    2 : Conditions Precedent	109
	 	 
	Part 1
    : Conditions Precedent to signing this Agreement	109
	 	 
	Part 2
    : Conditions Precedent to INitial UtilisatIon	110
	 	 
	Schedule
    3 : Requests	111
	 	 
	Part 1
    : Utilisation Request	111
	 	 
	Part 2
    : Extension NOTICE	112
	 	 
	Schedule
    4 : Form of Transfer Certificate	113
	 	 
	Schedule
    5 : Form of Assignment Agreement	116
	 	 
	Schedule
    6 : [Schedule not used]	119
	 	 
	Schedule
    7 : Form of Compliance Certificate	120
	 	 
	Schedule
    8 : Form of RATING Certificate	121

 

    	 	iii	 

     

    

 

	Schedule
    9 : Timetables	122
	 	 
	Schedule
    10 : Form of Increase Confirmation	123
	 	 
	Schedule
    11 : [Schedule not used]	126
	 	 
	Schedule
    12 : LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking	127
	 	 
	Schedule
    13 : Reference Rate Terms	132
	 	 
	Schedule
    14 : Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate	135

 

    	 	iv	 

     

    

 

This
Agreement is dated 25 February 2022 and
made

 

between:

 

		(1)	RENTOKIL INITIAL PLC, (the
                                            “Borrower”), registered in England and Wales as company number 5393279
                                            and having its registered office at Compass House, Manor Royal, Crawley, West Sussex, United
                                            Kingdom, RH10 9PY;

 

		(2)	THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,
                                            (the “Arrangers”) listed in Part 2 (The Arrangers) of Schedule
                                            1 (The Finance Parties), as mandated lead arrangers;

 

		(3)	THE
                                            FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, (the “Original Lenders”), listed in Part 1
                                            (The Original Lenders) of ‎Schedule 1 (The Finance Parties);

 

		(4)	BARCLAYS BANK PLC as documentation
                                            agent (the “Documentation Agent”); and

 

		(5)	SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB
                                            (PUBL), (the “Agent”), as agent of the other Finance Parties.

 

IT IS AGREED
as follows:

 

		1.	Definitions and Interpretation

 

		1.1	Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

“Acceptable Bank”
means:

 

		(A)	a bank or financial institution which
                                            has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations of BBB
                                            or higher by S&P or Fitch or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s or a comparable rating from
                                            an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or

 

		(B)	any other bank or financial institution
                                            approved by the Agent.

 

“Acquisition” means
the acquisition of the Target pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

 

“Acquisition Agreement”
means the agreement and plan of merger between the Borrower, Bidco, the Target, Leto Holdings I, Inc. and Leto Holdings II, LLC
dated 13 December 2021.

 

“Acquisition Costs”
means all fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration and other Taxes properly incurred by the Borrower or any other member of the
Group in connection with the Acquisition or the Transaction Documents.

 

“Acquisition Documents”
means the Acquisition Agreement and any other document designated as a “Acquisition Document” by the Agent and the
Borrower.

 

“Additional Business Day”
means any day specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

“Affiliate” means,
in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

    	 	1	 

     

    

 

“Article 55 BRRD”
means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment
firms.

 

“Assignment Agreement”
means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed
between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

“Authorisation”
means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

 

“Availability Period”
means the period on and from the date of this Agreement and ending at 11.59 pm (New York City time) on the earlier to occur of:

 

		(A)	the date falling 90 days after the Closing
                                            Date;

 

		(B)	the date on which the Acquisition Agreement
                                            is terminated in accordance with its terms;

 

		(C)	if the First End Date Extension has not
                                            occurred, the Original End Date;

 

		(D)	if the First End Date Extension has occurred
                                            but the Second End Date Extension has not occurred, the First Extended End Date; and

 

		(E)	if the Second End Date Extension has occurred,
                                            the Second Extended End Date.

 

“Available Commitment”
means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus:

 

		(A)	the amount of its participation in any
                                            outstanding Utilisations under that Facility; and

 

		(B)	in relation to any proposed Utilisation,
                                            the amount of its participation in any Utilisations that are due to be made under that Facility
                                            on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

“Available Facility”
means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

 

“Bail-In Action”
means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

“Bail-In Legislation”
means:

 

		(A)	in relation to an EEA Member Country which
                                            has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing
                                            law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time;

 

		(B)	in relation to the United Kingdom, the
                                            UK Bail-In Legislation; and

 

		(C)	in relation to any state other than such
                                            an EEA Member Country and the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to
                                            time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained
                                            in that law or regulation.

 

“Beneficial Ownership Regulation”
means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

    	 	2	 

     

    

 

“Bidco” means Rentokil
Initial US Holdings, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware.

 

“Break Costs” means
any amount specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

“Business Day” means
a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Stockholm and:

 

		(A)	New York; or

 

		(B)	(in relation to:

 

		(1)	any date for payment or purchase of an
                                            amount relating to a Loan or Unpaid Sum; or

 

		(2)	the determination of the first day or
                                            the last day of an Interest Period for a Loan or Unpaid Sum, or otherwise in relation to
                                            the determination of the length of such an Interest Period),

 

which is an Additional Business Day relating
to that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

“Cash and Cash Equivalent
Investments” means, at any time:

 

		(A)	cash in hand or on deposit with any Acceptable
                                            Bank (irrespective of the duration of that deposit with any Acceptable Bank);

 

		(B)	certificates of deposit, maturing within
                                            one year after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable Bank or a trust
                                            company which falls within the criteria set out in the definition of “Acceptable
                                            Bank”;

 

		(C)	any investment in marketable obligations
                                            issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the U.K., any Participating
                                            Member State or any member of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
                                            with a rating of at least A+ from S&P or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them
                                            having an equivalent credit rating which is:

 

		(1)	maturing within one year after the relevant
                                            date of calculation; and

 

		(2)	not convertible to any other security;

 

		(D)	open market commercial paper not convertible
                                            to any other security:

 

		(1)	for which a recognised trading market
                                            exists;

 

		(2)	issued in the United States of America,
                                            the U.K., any Participating Member State or any member of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation
                                            and Development; and

 

		(3)	which has a credit rating of either A-1
                                            by S&P or Fitch or P-1 by Moody’s;

 

		(E)	sterling bills of exchange eligible for
                                            rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank or a trust company which
                                            falls within the criteria set out in the definition of “Acceptable Bank”
                                            (or any dematerialised equivalent);

 

		(F)	investments accessible within 30 days
                                            in money market funds which:

 

		(1)	have a credit rating of either A-1 or
                                            higher by S&P or Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; and

 

    	 	3	 

     

    

 

		(2)	invest substantially all their assets
                                            in securities of the types described in paragraphs (B) to (E) above; or

 

		(G)	any other debt, security or investment
                                            approved by the Majority Lenders,

 

in each case, to which any member of
the Group is beneficially entitled at that time.

 

“Cash Pooling Balance”
means any debit balance in respect of any account of any member of the Group in connection with the Group’s notional cash pooling
arrangements provided that if such balances were netted-off at any time, the aggregate amount of such balances would be zero or greater.

 

“Central Bank Rate”
has the meaning given to that term in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

“Central Bank Rate Adjustment”
has the meaning given to that term in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

“Certain Funds Period”
means the period commencing on the first day of the Availability Period and ending at 11.59 pm (New York City time) on the last day of
the Availability Period.

 

“Certain Funds Utilisation”
means a Loan made or to be made during the Certain Funds Period.

 

“Closing” means
the closing of the Acquisition in accordance with section 2.01 (Closing) of the Acquisition Agreement.

 

“Closing Date” means
the date on which Closing occurs.

 

“Code” means the
US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

“Commitment” means
a Facility A Commitment or a Facility B Commitment

 

“Compliance Certificate”
means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

 

“Compounded Reference Rate”
means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during the Interest Period of a Loan, the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for that
RFR Banking Day.

 

“Compounding Methodology Supplement”
means, in relation to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate, a document which:

 

		(A)	is agreed in writing by the Borrower,
                                            the Agent (in its own capacity) and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority
                                            Lenders);

 

		(B)	specifies a calculation methodology for
                                            that rate; and

 

		(C)	has been made available to the Borrower
                                            and each Finance Party.

 

“Confidential Information”
means all information relating to the Borrower, the Group, the Finance Documents or a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware
in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the
purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either:

 

		(A)	any member of the Group or any of its
                                            advisers; or

 

    	 	4	 

     

    

 

		(B)	another Finance Party, if the information
                                            was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or
                                            any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information
given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived
or copied from such information but excludes:

 

		(1)	information that:

 

		(a)	is or becomes public information other
                                            than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 35 (Confidential
                                            Information); or

 

		(b)	is identified in writing at the time
                                            of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

		(c)	is known by that Finance Party before
                                            the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (A) or (B) above
                                            or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as
                                            far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case,
                                            as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise
                                            subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

 

		(2)	any Funding Rate.

 

“Confidentiality
Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 12 (LMA
Form of Confidentiality Undertaking) or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.

 

“Credit Rating”
means a notification to the Borrower or a public announcement by a Credit Rating Agency of a long-term credit rating of the Borrower
which has been solicited by the Borrower, from time to time.

 

“Credit Rating Agency”
means S&P, Fitch and/or Moody’s.

 

“CSPP Eligible Issuer”
means a member of the Group which is a special purpose vehicle which complies with the eligibility criteria for the European Central
Bank’s corporate sector purchase programme.

 

“CTA” means the
Corporation Tax Act 2009.

 

“Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded
RFR Rate” means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Loan, the percentage rate per annum determined
by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Agent) in accordance with the methodology
set out in Schedule 14 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or in any relevant Compounding Methodology Supplement.

 

“Daily Rate” means
the rate specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

    	 	5	 

     

    

 

“Debt Capital Markets Issue”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 7.3(A) (Mandatory prepayment from Net Debt Capital Markets Proceeds).

 

“Default” means
an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 22 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a
grace period or the giving of notice) be an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulting Lender”
means any Lender:

 

		(A)	which
                                            has failed to make its participation in a Loan available (or has notified the Agent
                                            or the Borrower (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in
                                            a Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause ‎5.4
                                            (Lenders’ participation);

 

		(B)	which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated
                                            a Finance Document; or

 

		(C)	with respect to which an Insolvency Event
                                            has occurred and is continuing,

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (A) above:

 

		(1)	its failure to pay is caused by:

 

		(a)	administrative or technical error; or

 

		(b)	a Disruption Event; and

 

payment is made within three Business
Days of its due date; or

 

		(2)	the Lender is disputing in good faith
                                            whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

“Disruption Event”
means either or both of:

 

		(A)	a material disruption to those payment
                                            or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required
                                            to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with a Facility (or otherwise in
                                            order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which
                                            disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

		(B)	the occurrence of any other event which
                                            results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments
                                            operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

		(1)	from performing its payment obligations
                                            under the Finance Documents; or

 

		(2)	from communicating with other Parties
                                            in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is
not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

“EEA Member Country”
means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

    	 	6	 

     

    

 

“Eligible Institution”
means any Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrower.

 

“ERISA” means the
United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

 

“ERISA Affiliate”
means any person treated as a single employer with the Borrower for the purpose of section 414 of the Code or section 4001 of ERISA.

 

“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule”
means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

 

“Event of Default”
means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 22 (Events of Default).

 

“Existing Facility Agreement”
means the multicurrency revolving facility agreement between the Borrower, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as Agent and the lenders
named therein originally dated 27 January 2015 as amended from time to time (including, most recently, as amended and restated pursuant
to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 8 September 2021).

 

“Extension Notice”
means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 3 (Requests).

 

“Facility” means
Facility A or Facility B.

 

“Facility A” means
the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1(A) (The Facilities).

 

“Facility A Commitment”:

 

		(A)	in relation to an Original Lender, the
                                            amount set opposite its name under the heading “Facility A Commitment”
                                            in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders) and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment
                                            transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase);

 

		(B)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount
                                            of any Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance
                                            with Clause 2.2 (Increase),

 

in each case to the extent not cancelled,
reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

“Facility A Loan”
means a loan made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

“Facility B” means
the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1(B) (The Facilities).

 

“Facility B Commitment”:

 

		(A)	in relation to an Original Lender, the
                                            amount set opposite its name under the heading “Facility B Commitment” in Schedule
                                            1 (The Original Lenders) and the amount of any other Facility B Commitment transferred
                                            to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase);

 

    	 	7	 

     

    

 

		(B)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount
                                            of any Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance
                                            with Clause 2.2 (Increase),

 

in each case to the extent not cancelled,
reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

“Facility B Loan”
means a loan made or to be made under Facility B or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

“Facility Office”
means, in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes
a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which
it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

“FATCA” means:

 

		(A)	sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any
                                            associated regulations;

 

		(B)	any treaty, law or regulation of any other
                                            jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other
                                            jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation
                                            referred to in paragraph (A) above; or

 

		(C)	any agreement pursuant to the implementation
                                            of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (A) or (B) above with
                                            the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority
                                            in any other jurisdiction.

 

“FATCA Application Date”
means:

 

		(A)	in relation to a “withholdable payment”
                                            described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest
                                            and certain other payments from sources within the US), 01 July 2014; or

 

		(B)	in relation to a “passthru payment”
                                            described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (A) above,
                                            the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required
                                            by FATCA.

 

“FATCA Deduction”
means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

“FATCA Exempt Party”
means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

“Fee Letter” means:

 

		(A)	any letter or letters dated on or about
                                            the date of this Agreement between each of the Arrangers and the Borrower (or the Agent and
                                            the Borrower) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 (Fees);

 

		(B)	any letter or letters setting out the
                                            fees payable to a Finance Party referred to in Clause 2.2(F) (Increase); and

 

		(C)	any other letter designated as such by
                                            the Agent and the Borrower.

 

“Finance Document”
means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Increase Confirmation, any Reference Rate Supplement, any Compounding Methodology Supplement,
any Extension Notice and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower.

 

    	 	8	 

     

    

 

“Finance Lease”
means any lease or hire purchase contract, a liability under which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a balance sheet liability
(other than a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as
an operating lease).

 

“Finance Party”
means the Agent, each of the Arrangers, the Documentation Agent or a Lender.

 

“Financial Indebtedness”
means (without double counting) any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

		(A)	moneys borrowed;

 

		(B)	any amount raised by acceptance under
                                            any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

		(C)	any amount raised pursuant to any note
                                            purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

		(D)	the amount of any liability in respect
                                            of Finance Leases;

 

		(E)	receivables sold or discounted (other
                                            than any receivables to the extent they are sold or discounted on a non-recourse basis);

 

		(F)	any amount raised under any other transaction
                                            (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which is required, in accordance with
                                            IFRS, to be shown as indebtedness or borrowing in the audited consolidated financial statements
                                            of the Group (other than a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with
                                            IFRS, prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease);

 

		(G)	for the purposes of Clause 22.5 (Cross
                                            default) only, any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection
                                            against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value
                                            of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount
                                            is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount)
                                            shall be taken into account);

 

		(H)	any counter-indemnity obligation in respect
                                            of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument
                                            issued by a bank or financial institution (but not, in any case, Trade Instruments); and

 

		(I)	the amount of any liability in respect
                                            of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (A) to
                                            (H) above,

 

and, in any event, excluding:

 

		(1)	indebtedness owing by one member of the
                                            Group to another member of the Group;

 

		(2)	(for
                                            the purposes of Clause 22.5 (Cross default)) indebtedness in respect of self-insurance
                                            liabilities except to the extent of such liability as shown in the audited consolidated financial
                                            statements of the Group;

 

    	 	9	 

     

    

 

		(3)	indebtedness relating to the supply of
                                            goods and services to any member of the Group in the ordinary course of business provided
                                            the amount of any indebtedness is not outstanding for more than 150 days after its customary
                                            date of payment; and

 

		(4)	any accrual deficit of any member of
                                            the Group in respect of defined benefit pension schemes other than where such deficit is
                                            funded by any moneys borrowed.

 

“First End Date Extension”
means the extension of the Original End Date to the First Extended End Date pursuant to Section 10.01(b)(i) of the Acquisition
Agreement.

 

“First Extended End Date”
means 13 December 2022.

 

“Fitch” means Fitch
Ratings Ltd or any successor to its rating business.

 

“Funding Rate” means
any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to Clause 10.3(A)(2) (Cost of funds).

 

“GAAP” means generally
accepted accounting principles in England and Wales including IFRS.

 

“Group” means the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

“Holding Company”
means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

“IFRS” means UK-adopted
international accounting standards within the meaning of the section 474(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to the extent applicable to
the relevant financial statements.

 

“Impaired Agent”
means the Agent at any time when:

 

		(A)	it has failed to make (or has notified
                                            a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents
                                            by the due date for payment;

 

		(B)	the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates
                                            a Finance Document;

 

		(C)	(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is
                                            a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (A) or (B) of the definition of “Defaulting
                                            Lender”; or

 

		(D)	an Insolvency Event has occurred and is
                                            continuing with respect to the Agent;

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (A) above:

 

		(1)	its failure to pay is caused by:

 

		(a)	administrative or technical error; or

 

		(b)	a Disruption Event; and

 

payment is made within three Business
Days of its due date; or

 

		(2)	the Agent is disputing in good faith
                                            whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

    	 	10	 

     

    

 

“Increase Confirmation”
means a confirmation substantially in the form of Schedule 10 (Form of Increase Confirmation).

 

“Increase Lender”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Increase).

 

“Indebtedness for Moneys Borrowed”
means:

 

		(A)	any indebtedness (whether being principal,
                                            premium, interest of other amounts) for or in respect of any notes, bonds, debentures, debenture
                                            stock, loan stock or other securities other than indebtedness which is owed to an entity
                                            within the Group;

 

		(B)	any borrowed money other than money borrowed
                                            by one entity within the Group from another entity within the Group; or

 

		(C)	any liability under or in respect of any
                                            acceptance or acceptance credit,

 

provided that Indebtedness for Moneys
Borrowed shall not include any Cash Pooling Balance.

 

“Initial Facility A Termination
Date” means the date falling 18 Months after the date of this Agreement.

 

“Insolvency Event”
means, in relation to a Finance Party, that the Finance Party:

 

		(A)	is dissolved (other than pursuant to a
                                            consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

		(B)	becomes insolvent or is unable to pay
                                            its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they
                                            become due;

 

		(C)	makes a general assignment, arrangement
                                            or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

		(D)	has exercised in respect of it one or
                                            more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has
                                            instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking
                                            Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

 

		(E)	has a resolution passed for its winding-up,
                                            official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation
                                            or merger);

 

		(F)	seeks or becomes subject to the appointment
                                            of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or
                                            other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for
                                            so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed);

 

		(G)	has a secured party take possession of
                                            all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration
                                            or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its
                                            assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed,
                                            discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

		(H)	causes or is subject to any event with
                                            respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect
                                            to any of the events specified in paragraphs (A) to (G) above; or

 

    	 	11	 

     

    

 

 

		(I)	takes any action in furtherance of, or
                                            indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

“Interest Payment”
means the aggregate amount of interest that is, or is scheduled to become, payable under any Finance Document.

 

“Interest Period”
means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid
Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest).

 

“ITA” means the
Income Tax Act 2007.

 

“Legal
Opinions” means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause ‎4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

 

“Legal Reservations”
means:

 

		(A)	the principle that equitable remedies
                                            may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court;

 

		(B)	the limitation on enforcement by laws
                                            relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria
                                            and administration and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

		(C)	the time barring of claims,

 

		(D)	the possibility that an undertaking to
                                            assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void;

 

		(E)	defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

		(F)	similar principles and similar matters
                                            under the laws of any jurisdiction in which relevant obligations may have to be performed;
                                            and

 

		(G)	any other matters which are set out as
                                            qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the Legal Opinions.

 

“Lender” means:

 

		(A)	any Original Lender; and

 

		(B)	any
                                            bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a “Lender”
                                            in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase) or Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders),

 

which in each case has not ceased to
be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

“LMA” means the
Loan Market Association.

 

“Loan” means a Facility
A Loan or a Facility B Loan.

 

“Lookback Period”
means the number of days specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

    12

    

    

 

“Major Default”
means with respect to the Borrower and Bidco (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any other member of the Group or the
Target Group or any procurement obligation in respect of any other member of the Group or the Target Group):

 

		(A)	any circumstances constituting a Default
                                            under any of:

 

		(1)	Clause 22.1 (Non-payment) other
                                            than with respect to any payment claim in respect of any amount other than principal, interest
                                            or fees;

 

		(2)	Clause
                                            22.4 (Misrepresentation) in relation to any Major Representation;

 

		(3)	Clause
                                            22.6 (Insolvency);

 

		(4)	Clause
                                            22.7 (Insolvency proceedings);

 

		(5)	Clause 22.8 (Creditors’ process)
                                            unless such litigation is frivolous or vexatious or has an aggregate value of less than £50,000,000;

 

		(6)	Clause
                                            22.9 (United States Bankruptcy Laws);

 

		(7)	Clause
                                            22.10 (Unlawfulness); and

 

		(8)	Clause
                                            22.11 (Repudiation); and

 

		(B)	any breach of a Major Undertaking.

 

“Major Representation”
means a representation or warranty with respect to the Borrower and Bidco (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any other
member of the Group or the Target Group or any procurement obligation in respect of any other member of the Group or the Target Group)
under any of:

 

		(A)	Clause
                                            18.1 (Status);

 

		(B)	Clause 18.2 (Binding obligations);

 

		(C)	Clause 18.3 (Non-conflict with other
                                            obligations);

 

		(D)	Clause 18.4 (Power and authority);

 

		(E)	Clause
                                            18.5 (Authorisations);

 

		(F)	Clause
                                            18.12 (Pari passu ranking);

 

		(G)	Clause
                                            18.14 (Sanctions); and

 

		(H)	Clause 18.17 (Acquisition).

 

“Major Undertaking”
means an undertaking to the extent made by the Borrower with respect to itself and Bidco (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect
to any other member of the Group or the Target Group or any procurement obligation in respect of any other member of the Group or the
Target Group) under any of:

 

		(A)	Clause 21.2 (Compliance with laws);

 

		(B)	Clause
                                            21.3 (Negative pledge);

 

    13

    

    

 

		(C)	Clause
                                            21.4 (Disposals);

 

		(D)	Clause 21.6 (Financial Indebtedness);

 

		(E)	Clause
                                            21.8 (Pari Passu);

 

		(F)	Clause
                                            21.9 (Merger);

 

		(G)	Clause
                                            21.11 (Sanctions);

 

		(H)	Clause 21.12 (Acquisition undertakings);
                                            and

 

		(I)	Clause 21.13(A) (US Provisions).

 

“Majority Lenders”
means:

 

		(A)	in respect of any matter which relates
                                            to a Facility:

 

		(1)	(where there are two or fewer Lenders
                                            under that Facility) all Lenders under that Facility; and

 

		(2)	(where there are three or more Lenders
                                            under that Facility) two or more Lenders under that Facility whose Commitments aggregate
                                            more than 662/3% of the Total Facility A Commitments or the Total Facility
                                            B Commitments (as applicable) (or, if the Total Facility A Commitments or the Total Facility
                                            B Commitments (as applicable) have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3%
                                            of the Total Facility A Commitments or the Total Facility B Commitments (as applicable) immediately
                                            prior to the reduction); and

 

		(B)	in respect of any other matter:

 

		(1)	(where there are two or fewer Lenders)
                                            all Lenders;

 

		(2)	(where there are three or more Lenders)
                                            two or more Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3% of
                                            the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated
                                            more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the
                                            reduction).

 

“Margin” means:

 

[***]

 

“Margin Regulations”
means Regulations U and X issued by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System.

 

“Market Disruption Rate”
means the rate (if any) specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.

 

“Material Adverse Effect”
means a material adverse effect on:

 

		(A)	the ability of the Borrower to perform
                                            its payment obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

		(B)	the validity or enforceability of any
                                            Finance Document.

 

    14

    

    

 

“Material Subsidiary”
means, at any time, a Subsidiary of the Borrower:

 

		(A)	whose operating profits (or, if the Subsidiary
                                            in question prepares audited consolidated accounts, whose total consolidated operating profits)
                                            attributable to the Borrower represent not less than ten per cent. of the consolidated operating
                                            profits of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, all as calculated by reference
                                            to the then latest audited accounts (unconsolidated or, as the case may be, consolidated)
                                            of the Subsidiary and the then latest audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower and its
                                            Subsidiaries, provided that in the case of a Subsidiary acquired after the end of the financial
                                            period to which the latest relevant financial statements relate, the reference to the latest
                                            financial statements for the purposes of the calculation above shall, until financial statements
                                            for the financial period in which the acquisition is made are published, be deemed to be
                                            a reference to such first-mentioned financial statements as if such Subsidiary had been shown
                                            in such statements by reference to its own latest financial statements, adjusted as deemed
                                            appropriate by the Borrower;

 

		(B)	any Subsidiary which has Indebtedness
                                            for Moneys Borrowed outstanding (or available under a committed bank facility) in an amount
                                            of at least £25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency); or

 

		(C)	to which is transferred the whole or substantially
                                            the whole of the undertaking and assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower which immediately
                                            before the transfer is a Material Subsidiary,

 

provided that no member of the Target
Group shall be a Material Subsidiary for the period of three Months following the Closing Date.

 

“Month” means, in
relation to an Interest Period (or any other period for the accrual of commission or fees), a period starting on one day in a calendar
month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, subject to adjustment in accordance with the rules specified
as Business Day Conventions in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

“Moody’s”
means Moody’s Investors Service Limited or any successor to its rating business.

 

“Net Debt” means,
at any time for the purposes of Clause 21.4 (Disposals), Total Borrowings (at that time) less any Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments
(at that time).

 

“Net Disposal Proceeds”
means any amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments received by the Group as consideration for a Restricted Disposal (whether by
way of share or asset sale) after deducting:

 

		(A)	any fees and transaction costs properly
                                            incurred in connection with that Restricted Disposal;

 

		(B)	any Taxes paid as a result of that Restricted
                                            Disposal; and

 

		(C)	any Taxes reasonably estimated by the
                                            directors of the Borrower to be payable as a result of that Restricted Disposal.

 

“New Lender” has
the meaning given to that term in Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders).

 

“Original End Date”
means 13 September 2022.

 

    15

    

    

 

“Original Financial Statements”
means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the financial year ended 31 December 2020.

 

“Participating Member State”
means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European
Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

“Party” means a
party to this Agreement.

 

“Permitted Guarantee”
means any guarantee or guarantees issued by Rentokil Initial 1927 plc in an amount not exceeding £10,000,000 (or its equivalent
in any other currency) in aggregate.

 

“Permitted Reorganisation”
means a solvent re-organisation or restructuring of the Group which results in the Borrower becoming a Subsidiary of a new Holding Company
which has substantially the same shareholders as the Borrower had prior to the relevant re-organisation or restructuring.

 

“Permitted Transaction”
means:

 

		(A)	an intra-Group re-organisation on a solvent
                                            basis;

 

		(B)	the Acquisition; or

 

		(C)	any other transaction agreed by the Majority
                                            Lenders.

 

“Plan” means an
employee benefit pension plan as defined in section 3(2) of ERISA subject to Title IV of ERISA:

 

		(A)	maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA
                                            Affiliate; or

 

		(B)	to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
                                            is required to make any payment or contribution.

 

“Qualifying Lender”
has the meaning given to it in Clause 12 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

 

“Rating Certificate”
means a certificate from the Borrower (signed by an authorised signatory of the Borrower) substantially in the form of Schedule 8 (Form of
Rating Certificate) which confirms the then current Credit Rating of the Borrower.

 

“Reference Rate Supplement”
means a document which:

 

		(A)	is agreed in writing by the Borrower,
                                            the Agent (in its own capacity) and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority
                                            Lenders);

 

		(B)	specifies the relevant terms which are
                                            expressed in this Agreement to be determined by reference to Reference Rate Terms; and

 

		(C)	has been made available to the Borrower
                                            and each Finance Party.

 

“Reference Rate Terms”
means the terms set out in Schedule 13 (Reference Rate Terms) or in any Reference Rate Supplement.

 

    16

    

    

 

“Related Fund” in
relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or
investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment
manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

“Relevant Market”
means the market specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

“Relevant Nominating Body”
means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored
or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

 

“Relevant Testing Date”
means 31 December and 30 June of each year.

 

“Repeating Representations”
means each of the representations set out in Clause 18 (Representations) other than Clause 18.5 (Authorisations), Clause
18.7 (Deduction of Tax), Clause 18.8 (No filing or stamp taxes), Clause 18.9 (No default), Clause 18.10 (No misleading
information) and Clause 18.11 (Financial statements).

 

“Reportable Event”
means, with respect to any Plan:

 

		(A)	an event specified as such in section 4043
                                            of ERISA or any related regulation, other than an event in relation to which the requirement
                                            to give notice of that event is waived by any regulation; or

 

		(B)	a failure to meet the minimum funding
                                            standard under section 412 or 430 of the Code or section 302 of ERISA, whether
                                            or not waived.

 

“Reporting Day”
means the day (if any) specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

“Reporting Time”
means the relevant time (if any) specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

“Representative”
means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

“Resolution Authority”
means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

“Restricted Disposal”
means any disposal where the nature of the business or asset being disposed of would result in the relevant transaction being a Class 1
Transaction (as such term is defined in the U.K. Listing Rules).

 

“RFR” means the
rate specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

“RFR Banking Day”
means any day specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

“S&P” means
S&P Global Ratings UK Limited or any successor to its rating business.

 

“Sanctions” means:

 

		(A)	United Nations sanctions imposed pursuant
                                            to any United Nations Security Council Resolution;

 

    17

    

    

 

		(B)	US sanctions administered or enforced
                                            by the US, including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of the Treasury
                                            and the Department of State;

 

		(C)	EU restrictive measures implemented pursuant
                                            to any EU Council or Commission regulation or decision adopted pursuant to a common position
                                            in furtherance of the EU’s Common Foreign and Security Policy; and

 

		(D)	UK sanctions (i) enacted by statutory
                                            instrument pursuant to the United Nations Act 1946 or the European Communities Act 1972;
                                            and/or (ii) administered or enforced by the UK, including Her Majesty’s Treasury.

 

“Second End Date Extension”
means that the Original End Date has been extended to the Second Extended End Date pursuant to Section 10.01(b)(i) of the Acquisition
Agreement.

 

“Second Extended End Date”
means 13 March 2023.

 

“Security” means
a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement
having a similar effect.

 

“Shareholder Notice Date”
means the date notice is given to the shareholders of the Target of a shareholder meeting to approve the Acquisition.

 

“Specified
Time” means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 9 (Timetables).

 

“Subsidiary” means:

 

		(A)	a subsidiary within the meaning of section
                                            1159 of the Companies Act 2006; and

 

		(B)	in relation to the financial statements
                                            of the Borrower, a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies
                                            Act 2006.

 

“Target” means Terminix
Global Holdings, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware.

 

“Target Group” means
the Target and its subsidiaries for the time being.

 

“Tax” means any
tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with
any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

“Termination Date”
means:

 

		(A)	in relation to Facility A and subject
                                            to Clause 2.4 (Extension option), the Initial Facility A Termination Date;

 

		(B)	in relation to Facility B, the third anniversary
                                            of the first Utilisation Date,

 

or if, in each case, that date is not
a Business Day, the preceding Business Day.

 

“Total Borrowings”
means, in respect of the Group, at any time, the aggregate of the following liabilities calculated at the nominal, principal or other
amount at which the liabilities would be carried in a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower drawn up at that time:

 

		(A)	any moneys borrowed;

 

    18

    

    

 

		(B)	any acceptance under any acceptance credit
                                            (including any dematerialised equivalent);

 

		(C)	any bond, note, debenture, loan stock
                                            or similar instrument;

 

		(D)	any Finance Lease;

 

		(E)	any moneys owing in connection with the
                                            sale or discounting of receivables (except to the extent that there is no recourse);

 

		(F)	any indebtedness arising from any deferred
                                            payment agreements arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition
                                            of an asset;

 

		(G)	any indebtedness arising in connection
                                            with any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which is required,
                                            in accordance with IFRS, to be shown as an indebtedness or borrowing in the audited consolidated
                                            financial statements of the Group; and

 

		(H)	any indebtedness of any person of a type
                                            referred to in paragraphs (A) to (G), above, which is the subject of a guarantee, indemnity
                                            or similar assurance against financial loss given by a member of the Group,

 

and, in any event, excluding any accrual
deficit of any member of the Group in respect of defined benefit pension schemes other than where such deficit is funded by any moneys
borrowed.

 

“Total Commitments”
means the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Facility B Commitments, being USD 2,700,000,000 at the date of
this Agreement.

 

“Total Facility A Commitments”
means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments, being USD 2,000,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

“Total Facility B Commitments”
means the aggregate of the Facility B Commitments, being USD 700,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

“Trade Instruments”
means any performance bonds, or advance payment bonds or documentary letters of credit issued in respect of the obligations of any member
of the Group arising in the ordinary course of trading of that member of the Group (and which does not have the commercial effect of
borrowing).

 

“Transaction Documents”
means the Finance Documents and the Acquisition Documents.

 

“Transfer Certificate”
means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed
between the Agent and the Borrower.

 

“Transfer Date”
means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

		(A)	the proposed Transfer Date specified in
                                            the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

		(B)	the date on which the Agent executes the
                                            relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

“UK Bail-In Legislation”
means Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to
the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through
liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

 

    19

    

    

 

“Unpaid Sum” means
any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents.

 

“US” or “U.S.”
means the United States of America.

 

“U.S. Bankruptcy Law”
means the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or any other United States Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

“US Tax Obligor”
means the Borrower at any time when some or all of its payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal
income tax purposes.

 

“USA Patriot Act”
means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001,
Public Law 107-56).

 

“Utilisation” means
a utilisation of a Facility.

 

“Utilisation Date”
means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan under a Facility is to be made.

 

“Utilisation Request”
means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 3 (Requests).

 

“VAT” means:

 

		(A)	any value added tax imposed by the Value
                                            Added Tax Act 1994; and

 

		(B)	any tax imposed in compliance with the
                                            Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive
                                            2006/112); and

 

		(C)	any other tax of a similar nature, whether
                                            imposed in the United Kingdom or in a member state of the European Union in substitution
                                            for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraphs (A) or (B) above,
                                            or imposed elsewhere.

 

“Write-down and Conversion
Powers” means:

 

		(A)	in relation to any Bail-In Legislation
                                            described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described
                                            as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

 

		(B)	in relation to the UK Bail-In Legislation,
                                            any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued
                                            by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate
                                            of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change
                                            the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability
                                            arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of
                                            that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have
                                            effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect
                                            of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related
                                            to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

    20

    

    

 

		(C)	in relation to any other applicable Bail-In
                                            Legislation:

 

		(1)	any powers under that Bail-In Legislation
                                            to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm
                                            or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial
                                            institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person
                                            or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of
                                            that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person,
                                            to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been
                                            exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the
                                            powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers;
                                            and

 

		(2)	any similar or analogous powers under
                                            that Bail-In Legislation.

 

		1.2	Construction

 

		(A)	Unless a contrary indication appears,
                                            any reference in any Finance Document to:

 

		(1)	the “Agent”, any “Arranger”,
                                            any “Finance Party”, any “Lender”, the “Documentation
                                            Agent” or any “Party” shall be construed so as to include its
                                            successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or
                                            obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

		(2)	“assets” includes
                                            present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

		(3)	a Lender’s “cost of funds”
                                            in relation to its participation in a Loan is a reference to the average cost (determined
                                            either on an actual or a notional basis) which that Lender would incur if it were to fund,
                                            from whatever source(s) it may reasonably select, an amount equal to the amount of that
                                            participation in that Loan for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan;

 

		(4)	a “Finance Document”
                                            or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement
                                            or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

		(5)	a “group of Lenders”
                                            includes all the Lenders;

 

		(6)	“indebtedness” includes
                                            any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment
                                            of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

		(7)	a “person” includes
                                            any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any
                                            association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not
                                            having separate legal personality);

 

		(8)	a “regulation” includes
                                            any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the
                                            force of law but, if not having the force of law, being of a type with which any person to
                                            which it applies is accustomed to comply) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational
                                            body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

		(9)	a provision of law is a reference to
                                            that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

    21

    

    

 

		(10)	a time of day is a reference to London
                                            time.

 

		(B)	Clause and schedule headings are for ease
                                            of reference only.

 

		(C)	Unless a contrary indication appears,
                                            a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with
                                            any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

		(D)	A Default is “continuing”
                                            if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

		(E)	Except as provided to the contrary in
                                            this Agreement, an accounting term used in this Agreement is to be construed in accordance
                                            with the principles applied in connection with the Original Financial Statements.

 

		(F)	A reference in this Agreement to a page or
                                            screen of an information service displaying a rate shall include:

 

		(1)	any replacement page of that information
                                            service which displays that rate; and

 

		(2)	the appropriate page of such other
                                            information service which displays that rate from time to time in place of that information
                                            service,

 

and, if such page or service ceases
to be available, shall include any other page or service displaying that rate specified by the Agent after consultation with the
Borrower.

 

		(G)	A reference in this Agreement to a Central
                                            Bank Rate shall include any successor rate to, or replacement rate for, that rate.

 

		(H)	Any Reference Rate Supplement overrides
                                            anything in:

 

		(1)	Schedule 13 (Reference Rate Terms);
                                            or

 

		(2)	any earlier Reference Rate Supplement.

 

		(I)	A Compounding Methodology Supplement relating
                                            to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate overrides anything relating to that rate
                                            in:

 

		(1)	Schedule
                                            14 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate); or

 

		(2)	any earlier Compounding Methodology Supplement.

 

		(J)	The determination of the extent to which
                                            a rate is “for a period equal in length” to an Interest Period shall disregard
                                            any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant
                                            to the terms of this Agreement.

 

		1.3	Currency symbols and definitions

 

“$”, “USD”
and “dollars” denote the lawful currency of the United States of America. “£” and “sterling”
denote the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

    22

    

    

 

		1.4	Third party rights

 

		(A)	Unless expressly provided to the contrary
                                            in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights
                                            of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or to
                                            enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

		(B)	Notwithstanding any term of any Finance
                                            Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary
                                            this Agreement at any time.

 

		2.	The Facilities

 

		2.1	The Facilities

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement,
the Lenders make available to the Borrower:

 

		(A)	a USD term loan facility in an aggregate
                                            amount equal to the Total Facility A Commitments; and

 

		(B)	a USD term loan facility in an aggregate
                                            amount equal to the Total Facility B Commitments.

 

		2.2	Increase

 

		(A)	The Borrower may by giving prior notice
                                            to the Agent by no later than the date falling five Business Days after the effective date
                                            of a cancellation of:

 

		(1)	the
                                            Available Commitments of a
                                            Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause ‎7.11
                                            (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender); or

 

		(2)	the Commitments of a Lender in accordance
                                            with:

 

		(a)	Clause
                                            ‎7.1 (Illegality);
                                            or

 

		(b)	Clause 7.8 (Right of replacement or
                                            repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender),

 

request that the Commitments relating
to any Facility be increased (and the Commitments relating to that Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount of up to the
amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments relating to that Facility so cancelled as follows:

 

		(i)	the increased Commitments will be assumed
                                            by one or more Eligible Institutions (each an “Increase Lender”) each
                                            of which confirms in writing (whether in the relevant Increase Confirmation or otherwise)
                                            its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to
                                            that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original
                                            Lender in respect of those Commitments;

 

		(ii)	the Borrower and any Increase Lender
                                            shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as
                                            the Borrower and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase
                                            Lender been an Original Lender in respect of that part of the increased Commitments which
                                            it is to assume;

 

    23

    

    

 

		(iii)	each Increase Lender shall become
                                            a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties
                                            shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that
                                            Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase
                                            Lender been an Original Lender in respect of that part of the increased Commitments which
                                            it is to assume;

 

		(iv)	the Commitments of the other Lenders
                                            shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

		(v)	any increase in the Commitments relating
                                            to any Facility shall take effect on the date specified by the Borrower in the notice referred
                                            to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in Clause 2.2(B) below are
                                            satisfied.

 

		(B)	An increase in the Commitments relating
                                            to a Facility will only be effective on:

 

		(1)	the execution by the Agent of an Increase
                                            Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and

 

		(2)	in relation to an Increase Lender which
                                            is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the Agent being satisfied that
                                            it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar
                                            checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased
                                            Commitments by that Increase Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the
                                            Increase Lender upon being so satisfied.

 

		(C)	Each Increase Lender, by executing the
                                            Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority
                                            to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of
                                            the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date
                                            on which the increase becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is
                                            bound by that decision to the same extent as it would have been had it been an Original Lender.

 

		(D)	The Borrower shall promptly on demand
                                            pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably and
                                            properly incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause
                                            2.2.

 

		(E)	The
                                            Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent
                                            (for its own account) a fee in
                                            an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause ‎23.4
                                            (Assignment or transfer fee) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to Clause 23.6
                                            (Procedure for transfer) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

 

		(F)	The Borrower may pay to the Increase Lender
                                            a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Borrower and the Increase Lender
                                            in a Fee Letter.

 

		(G)	Neither the Agent nor any Lender shall
                                            have any obligation to find an Increase Lender and in no event shall any Lender whose Commitment
                                            is replaced by an Increase Lender be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received
                                            by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

    24

    

    

 

		(H)	Clause
                                            23.5 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis
                                            in this Clause ‎2.2
                                            in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause 23.5 (Limitation of
                                            responsibility of Existing Lenders) to:

 

		(1)	an “Existing Lender”
                                            were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

		(2)	the “New Lender” were
                                            references to that “Increase Lender”; and

 

		(3)	a “re-transfer” and
                                            “re-assignment” were references to respectively a “transfer”
                                            and “assignment”.

 

		2.3	Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

		(A)	The obligations of each Finance Party
                                            under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations
                                            under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the
                                            Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance
                                            Party under the Finance Documents.

 

		(B)	The rights of each Finance Party under
                                            or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt
                                            arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from the Borrower is a separate and
                                            independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights
                                            in accordance with paragraph (C) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any
                                            debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt,
                                            any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by the Borrower which relates to a Finance Party’s
                                            participation in a Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount
                                            payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by the Borrower.

 

		(C)	A Finance Party may, except as specifically
                                            stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with
                                            the Finance Documents.

 

		2.4	Extension option

 

		(A)	The Borrower may, by giving an Extension
                                            Notice to the Agent, extend the Termination Date of Facility A to the date falling three
                                            Months after the Initial Facility A Termination Date, or if that extended date is not a Business
                                            Day, the preceding Business Day.

 

		(B)	An Extension Notice may only be given
                                            by the Borrower not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before the Initial Facility
                                            A Termination Date.

 

		(C)	Three Business Days after the delivery
                                            of an Extension Notice (the “Extension Notice Effective Date”), the Termination
                                            Date in respect of Facility A shall be automatically extended to the date referred to in
                                            paragraph (A) above provided that:

 

		(1)	on the date of the Extension Notice and
                                            on the Extension Notice Effective Date where any such date occurs during the Certain Funds
                                            Period:

 

		(a)	no Major Default has occurred and is
                                            continuing;

 

		(b)	the Major Representations (other than
                                            the representation set out in Clause 18.14 (Sanctions)) are true in all material respects;
                                            and

 

    25

    

    

 

		(c)	the representation set out in Clause
                                            18.14 (Sanctions)) is true; and

 

		(2)	on the date of the Extension Notice and
                                            on the Extension Notice Effective Date where any such date occurs following the end of the
                                            Certain Funds Period:

 

		(a)	no Event of Default has occurred and
                                            is continuing;

 

		(b)	the Repeating Representations (other
                                            than the representation set out in Clause 18.14 (Sanctions)) are true in all material
                                            respects; and

 

		(c)	the representation set out in Clause
                                            18.14 (Sanctions)) is true.

 

		(D)	The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders
                                            of receipt by it of an Extension Notice.

 

		3.	Purpose

 

		3.1	Purpose

 

The Borrower shall apply, directly
or indirectly, all amounts borrowed by it under the Facilities towards:

 

		(A)	payment of the consideration payable pursuant
                                            to the Acquisition; and

 

		(B)	payment of the Acquisition Costs; and

 

		(C)	refinancing any financial indebtedness
                                            of the Target Group.

 

		3.2	Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor
or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

		4.	Conditions of Utilisation

 

		4.1	Initial conditions precedent

 

		(A)	The
                                            Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents
                                            and other evidence listed in Part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions
                                            Precedent), subject to paragraph (B) below, in form and substance satisfactory to
                                            the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

		(B)	Other than to the extent that the Majority
                                            Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification
                                            described in Clause 4.1(A), the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give
                                            that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever
                                            as a result of giving any such notification.

 

		4.2	Utilisations during the Certain Funds
                                            Period

 

		(A)	Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions
                                            precedent), during the Certain Funds Period, the Lenders will only be obliged to comply
                                            with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation) in relation to a Certain Funds Utilisation
                                            if, on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

		(1)	no Major Default is continuing or would
                                            result from the proposed Utilisation; and

 

    26

    

    

 

		(2)	all the Major Representations are true
                                            in all material respects.

 

		(B)	During the Certain Funds Period (save
                                            in circumstances where, pursuant to paragraph (A) above, a Lender is not obliged to
                                            comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation) and subject as provided in Clause
                                            7.1 (Illegality) and Clause 7.2 (Change of control)), none of the Finance Parties
                                            shall be entitled to:

 

		(1)	cancel any of its Commitments to the
                                            extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

		(2)	rescind, terminate or cancel this Agreement
                                            or any of the Facilities or exercise any similar right or remedy or make or enforce any claim
                                            under the Finance Documents it may have to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the
                                            making of a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

		(3)	refuse to participate in the making of
                                            a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

		(4)	exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim
                                            in respect of a Utilisation to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of a
                                            Certain Funds Utilisation; or

 

		(5)	cancel, accelerate or cause repayment
                                            or prepayment of any amounts owing under this Agreement or under any other Finance Document
                                            to the extent to do so would directly or indirectly prevent or limit the making of a Certain
                                            Funds Utilisation;

 

provided that immediately upon the
expiry of the Certain Funds Period all such rights, remedies and entitlements shall be available to the Finance Parties notwithstanding
that they may not have been used or been available for use during the Certain Funds Period.

 

		4.3	Maximum number of Loans

 

The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation
Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation:

 

		(A)	more than six Facility A Loans would be
                                            outstanding; or

 

		(B)	more than one Facility B Loans would be
                                            outstanding.

 

		5.	Utilisation

 

		5.1	Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

The Borrower may utilise a Facility
by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request in relation to that Facility not later than the Specified Time.

 

		5.2	Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

		(A)	Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable
                                            and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

		(1)	it identifies the Facility to be utilised;

 

    27

    

    

 

		(2)	the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business
                                            Day within the Availability Period for that Facility;

 

		(3)	the currency and amount of the Utilisation
                                            comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

 

		(4)	the proposed Interest Period complies
                                            with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).

 

		(B)	Only one Loan may be requested in each
                                            Utilisation Request.

 

		5.3	Currency and amount

 

		(A)	The currency specified in a Utilisation
                                            Request must be dollars.

 

		(B)	The amount of the proposed Loan under
                                            a Facility must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility and which is a
                                            minimum of:

 

		(1)	USD 10,000,000 for Facility A or, if
                                            less, the Available Facility; or

 

		(2)	for Facility B, the Available Facility.

 

		5.4	Lenders’ participation

 

		(A)	If the conditions set out in this Agreement
                                            have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation
                                            Date through its Facility Office.

 

		(B)	The amount of each Lender’s participation
                                            in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available
                                            Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

		(C)	The Agent shall notify each Lender of
                                            the amount of each Loan, the amount of its participation in that Loan by the Specified Time.

 

		5.5	Cancellation of Commitments

 

The Commitments under a Facility which,
at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for that Facility.

 

		6.	Repayment

 

		6.1	Repayment of Loans

 

The Borrower shall repay the aggregate
amount of each Loan under a Facility in full on the Termination Date for that Facility.

 

		7.	Prepayment and Cancellation

 

		7.1	Illegality

 

If, in any applicable jurisdiction,
it becomes unlawful for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain
its participation in any Utilisation or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

		(A)	that Lender shall promptly notify the
                                            Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

    28

    

    

 

		(B)	upon the Agent notifying the Borrower,
                                            each Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

		(C)	to the extent that the Lender’s
                                            participation has not been transferred pursuant to Clause 7.8(D) (Right of replacement
                                            or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender), the Borrower shall repay
                                            that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations made to the Borrower on the last day
                                            of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower
                                            or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being
                                            no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s
                                            corresponding Commitments shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

 

		7.2	Change of control

 

		(A)	If any person or group of persons acting
                                            in concert gains control of the Borrower other than by way of a Permitted Reorganisation
                                            the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event.

 

		(B)	After the delivery of a notification under
                                            Clause 7.2(A) above:

 

		(1)	a Lender shall not be obliged to fund
                                            a Utilisation; and

 

		(2)	the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders)
                                            and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith for a period of not less than 45 days with
                                            a view to resolving any concerns of the Lenders arising from that change of control and the
                                            continuation of the Facilities (on the same or alternative terms). If, at the expiry of that
                                            45 day period, the concerns of the Lenders arising from the change of control have not been
                                            resolved to the satisfaction of the Lenders, then, if a Lender so requires, the Agent shall,
                                            within five days after the end of the 45 day period, by notice to the Borrower:

 

		(a)	cancel the Commitments of that Lender;
                                            and

 

		(b)	declare that Lender’s share in
                                            all outstanding Utilisations, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued
                                            under the Finance Documents in respect of that Lender’s share, to be immediately due
                                            and payable.

 

Any such notice shall take effect in
accordance with its terms.

 

		(C)	For the purpose of Clause 7.2(A) above
                                            “control” has the meaning given to it section 450 of the Corporation Tax Act
                                            2010.

 

		(D)	For the purpose of Clause 7.2(A) above
                                            “acting in concert” has the meaning given to it in the City Code on Takeover
                                            and Mergers.

 

    29

    

    

 

		7.3	Mandatory prepayment from Net Debt
                                            Capital Markets Proceeds

 

		(A)	In this Clause 7.3:

 

“Debt Capital Markets Issue”
means the issuance, sale or borrowing by any member of the Group to or from any person that is not a member of the Group from and including
the date of this Agreement to and including the Termination Date for Facility B of:

 

		(1)	any bond (whether public or private),
                                            schuldschein, notes, debentures, loan stock, debt securities, public and private placements
                                            (or any similar hybrid instruments) or other similar debt security (including, without limitation,
                                            debt securities which are convertible into equity); and

 

		(2)	any committed bank facility comprising
                                            loans or other credit facilties (whether bilateral or syndicated but excluding any overdraft
                                            facilities),

 

excluding debt or cash raised:

 

		(a)	under the terms of this Agreement;

 

		(b)	for the purposes of refinancing any
                                            existing Financial Indebtedness of the Group and paying associated fees and costs provided
                                            that such refinancing is for the same or for a lower aggregate principal amount and on substantially
                                            the same terms, as such existing Financial Indebtedness;

 

		(c)	pursuant to the Existing Facility Agreement,
                                            including, but not limited to, pursuant to any exercise of the accordion option referred
                                            to in clause 3 (Accordion Option) of the Existing Facility Agreement;

 

		(d)	in the ordinary course of business
                                            and having a maturity of less than 12 Months;

 

		(e)	in connection with any acquisition
                                            by a member of the Group of the issued share capital of a limited liability company or a
                                            business or undertaking, provided that such debt or cash does not exceed £200,000,000
                                            (or its equivalent in any other currency) for the period from the date of this Agreement
                                            to and including the Termination Date for Facility B;

 

		(f)	in connection with any working capital
                                            facility of any member of the Group;

 

		(g)	in connection with any uncommitted
                                            money market facilities drawn in the ordinary course of treasury and cash management operations;

 

		(h)	or constituted by any Cash Pooling
                                            Balance; and

 

		(i)	any non-recourse debt raised for the
                                            purpose of financing certain projects.

 

“Net Debt Capital Markets Proceeds”
means the cash proceeds of any Debt Capital Markets Issue received by any member of the Group, after deducting:

 

		(1)	all fees and transaction costs and expenses
                                            (in each case, plus any applicable VAT thereon) properly incurred in connection with:

 

		(a)	the raising of those proceeds; and

 

    30

    

    

 

		(b)	the transfer of such proceeds from
                                            any member of the Group to the Borrower; and

 

		(2)	any Taxes incurred and required to be paid
                                            by any member of the Group or which are reasonably estimated by the Borrower to be payable
                                            as a result of, or in connection with, the raising of such proceeds (or transferring such
                                            proceeds to any member of the Group).

 

		(B)	Where any Net Debt Capital Markets Proceeds
                                            are received by any member of the Group, the Borrower shall notify the Agent promptly following
                                            such receipt and shall apply (or shall procure the application of) an amount equal to the
                                            value of such Net Debt Capital Markets Proceeds:

 

		(1)	first, in cancellation of any Available
                                            Commitments under Facility A; and

 

		(2)	secondly, in prepayment of the Facility
                                            A Loans selected, and in the proportions determined, by the Borrower in its sole discretion.

 

Any such prepayment shall be made on
the last day of the relevant Interest Period and in any event within ten Business Days of such Net Debt Capital Markets Proceeds being
received by that member of the Group.

 

		7.4	Automatic cancellation

 

The Total Commitments shall be immediately
cancelled at 11.59 pm (New York City time) on the earlier to occur of:

 

		(A)	the Original End Date, if the Closing
                                            Date has not occurred by that date and the First End Date Extension has not occurred;

 

		(B)	the First Extended End Date, if the Closing
                                            Date has not occurred by that date and the Second End Date Extension has not occurred;

 

		(C)	the Second Extended End Date, if the Closing
                                            Date has not occurred by that date; and

 

		(D)	the date on which the Acquisition Agreement
                                            is terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

		7.5	Voluntary cancellation

 

The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent
not less than three Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice cancel the whole or
any part (being a minimum amount of USD 100,000,000) of any Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.5 shall reduce the
Commitments of the Lenders under that Facility rateably.

 

		7.6	Mandatory prepayment – Target
                                            disposals

 

		(A)	In this Clause 7.6:

 

“Target Disposal”
means the disposal by (or on behalf of) the Borrower or any member of the Group to persons who are not members of the Group of:

 

		(1)	the shares in the Target or in any direct
                                            or indirect Subsidiary of the Target; and

 

    31

    

    

 

 

		(2)	any asset (excluding cash) of the Target
                                            or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Target other than in the case of any disposal
                                            of an asset:

 

		(a)	made in the ordinary course of trading
                                            of the disposing entity; or

 

		(b)	in exchange for other assets of comparable
                                            or superior type, value or quality.

 

“Target Disposal Proceeds”
means the cash proceeds of any Target Disposal received by any member of the Group (including any amount received in repayment of intercompany
debt) after deducting:

 

		(1)	all fees and transaction costs and expenses
                                            (in each case, plus any applicable VAT thereon) properly incurred in connection with:

 

		(a)	that Target Disposal; and

 

		(b)	the transfer of such proceeds from
                                            any member of the Group to the Borrower; and

 

		(2)	any Taxes incurred and required to be
                                            paid by any member of the Group or which are reasonably estimated by the Borrower to be payable
                                            as a result of, or in connection with that Target Disposal.

 

		(B)	Where any Target Disposal Proceeds are
                                            received by any member of the Group and one or more Facility A Loans is outstanding, the
                                            Borrower shall notify the Agent promptly following such receipt and shall apply (or shall
                                            procure the application of) an amount equal to the value of such Target Disposal Proceeds
                                            which are in excess of £50,000,000 in prepayment of the Facility A Loans selected,
                                            and in the proportions determined, by the Borrower in its sole discretion. Any such prepayment
                                            shall be made on the last day of the relevant Interest Period and in any event within ten
                                            Business Days of such Target Disposal Proceeds being received by that member of the Group.

 

		7.7	Voluntary prepayment of Loans

 

		(A)	The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent
                                            not less than five RFR Banking Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders
                                            may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Loan or Loans selected and, in
                                            the proportions determined, by the Borrower in its sole discretion (but, if in part, being
                                            an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of USD 100,000,000).

 

		(B)	The Borrower may not prepay the whole
                                            or any part of a Loan more than four times in any 12 Month period (other than a prepayment
                                            made on the last day of an Interest Period, a prepayment at the same time as the prepayment
                                            of all Loans and the cancellation of all Commitments or as otherwise agreed with the Agent
                                            and the Majority Lenders).

 

		(C)	A Loan may only be prepaid after the last
                                            day of the Availability Period for the applicable Facility (or, if earlier, the day on which
                                            the applicable Available Facility is zero).

 

    32

     

    

 

		7.8	Right of replacement or repayment and
                                            cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

		(A)	If:

 

		(1)	any
                                            sum payable to any Lender by the Borrower is required to be increased under Clause 10.2 (Market
                                            disruption) or Clause 12.2(C) (Tax gross-up); or

 

		(2)	any Lender claims indemnification from
                                            the Borrower under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased Costs),

 

the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance
giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment
of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations or give the Agent
notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with Clause 7.8(D) below.

 

		(B)	On receipt of a notice of cancellation
                                            referred to in Clause 7.8(A) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately
                                            be reduced to zero.

 

		(C)	On the last day of each Interest Period
                                            which ends after the Borrower has given notice of cancellation under Clause 7.8(A) above
                                            (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay
                                            that Lender’s participation in that Utilisation.

 

		(D)	If:

 

		(1)	any of the circumstances set out in Clause
                                            7.8(A) above apply to a Lender; or

 

		(2)	the Borrower becomes obliged to pay any
                                            amount in accordance with Clause 7.1 (Illegality) to any Lender,

 

the Borrower
may, on five Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and, to
the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part
only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Institution which confirms its willingness to assume and does
assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price
in cash payable at the time of the transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation
in the outstanding Utilisations, all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.10 (Pro
rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

		(E)	The replacement of a Lender pursuant to
                                            Clause 7.8(D) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

		(1)	the Borrower shall have no right to replace
                                            the Agent;

 

		(2)	neither the Agent nor any Lender shall
                                            have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

		(3)	in no event shall the Lender replaced
                                            under Clause 7.8(D) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by
                                            such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

		(4)	the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer
                                            its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 7.8(D) above once it is satisfied that
                                            it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar
                                            checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

    33

     

    

 

		(F)	A Lender shall perform the checks described
                                            in Clause 7.8(E)(4) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a
                                            notice referred to in Clause 7.8(D) above and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower
                                            when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

		7.9	Restrictions

 

		(A)	Any notice of cancellation or prepayment
                                            given by any Party under this Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) shall be irrevocable
                                            and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates
                                            upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation
                                            or prepayment.

 

		(B)	Any prepayment under this Agreement shall
                                            be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs,
                                            without premium or penalty.

 

		(C)	The Borrower may not reborrow any part
                                            of a Facility which is prepaid or repaid.

 

		(D)	The Borrower shall not repay or prepay
                                            all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at
                                            the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

		(E)	Subject to Clause 2.2 (Increase),
                                            no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

		(F)	If the Agent receives a notice under this
                                            Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice
                                            to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

		(G)	If all or part of any Lender’s participation
                                            in a Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender’s Commitment (equal to the
                                            amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) under the Facility to which that
                                            Loan relates will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

 

		7.10	Application of prepayments

 

Any prepayment of a Utilisation pursuant
to Clause 7.2 (Change of control) or Clause 7.7 (Voluntary prepayment of Loans) shall be applied pro rata to each
Lender’s participation in that Utilisation.

 

		7.11	Right of cancellation in relation
                                            to a Defaulting Lender

 

		(A)	If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender,
                                            the Borrower may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give
                                            the Agent five Business Days’ notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of
                                            that Lender.

 

		(B)	On the notice referred to in Clause 7.11(A) above
                                            becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately
                                            be reduced to zero.

 

		(C)	The Agent shall as soon as practicable
                                            after receipt of a notice referred to in Clause 7.11(A) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

    34

     

    

 

		8.	Interest

 

		8.1	Calculation of interest

 

		(A)	The rate of interest on each Loan for
                                            any day during an Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate
                                            of the applicable:

 

		(1)	Margin; and

 

		(2)	Compounded Reference Rate for that day.

 

		(B)	If any day during an Interest Period for
                                            a Loan is not an RFR Banking Day, the rate of interest on that Loan for that day will be
                                            the rate applicable to the immediately preceding RFR Banking Day.

 

		8.2	Payment of interest

 

The Borrower shall pay accrued interest
on each Loan on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

		8.3	Default interest

 

		(A)	If the Borrower fails to pay any amount
                                            payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue
                                            amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment)
                                            at a rate which is one per cent, per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable
                                            if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency
                                            of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the
                                            Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately
                                            payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent.

 

		(B)	Default interest (if unpaid) arising on
                                            an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest
                                            Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

		8.4	Notification

 

		(A)	The Agent shall promptly upon an Interest
                                            Payment being determinable notify:

 

		(1)	the Borrower of that Interest Payment;

 

		(2)	each relevant Lender of the proportion
                                            of that Interest Payment which relates to that Lender’s participation in the relevant
                                            Loan; and

 

		(3)	the relevant Lenders and the Borrower
                                            of:

 

		(a)	each applicable rate of interest relating
                                            to the determination of that Interest Payment; and

 

		(b)	to the extent it is then determinable,
                                            the Market Disruption Rate (if any) relating to the relevant Loan.

 

This paragraph (A) shall not apply
to any Interest Payment determined pursuant to Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds).

 

    35

     

    

 

		(B)	The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower
                                            of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.

 

		(C)	The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant
                                            Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest relating to a Loan to
                                            which Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies.

 

		(D)	This Clause 8.4 shall not require the
                                            Agent to make any notification to any Party on a day which is not a Business Day.

 

		9.	Interest Periods

 

		9.1	Selection of Interest Periods

 

		(A)	Subject to this Clause 9 (Interest
                                            Periods), each Interest Period for a Loan shall be one Month or any other period agreed
                                            between the Borrower, the Agent and all of the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan.

 

		(B)	An Interest Period for a Loan shall not
                                            extend beyond the Termination Date applicable to its Facility.

 

		(C)	Each Interest Period for a Loan shall
                                            start on the Utilisation Date for that Loan or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding
                                            Interest Period.

 

		9.2	Non-Business Days

 

Any rules specified as “Business
Day Conventions” in the Reference Rate Terms for a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall apply to each Interest Period for that Loan or
Unpaid Sum.

 

		10.	Changes to the Calculation of Interest

 

		10.1	Interest calculation if no RFR or
                                            Central Bank Rate

 

If:

 

		(A)	there is no applicable RFR or Central
                                            Bank Rate for the purposes of calculating the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for
                                            an RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Loan; and

 

		(B)	“Cost of funds will apply as
                                            a fallback” is specified in the Reference Rate Terms,

 

Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds)
shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

 

		10.2	Market disruption

 

If:

 

		(A)	a Market Disruption Rate is specified
                                            in the Reference Rate Terms for a Loan; and

 

		(B)	before the Reporting Time for that Loan
                                            the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in that Loan
                                            exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that its cost of funds relating to its participation in
                                            that Loan would be in excess of that Market Disruption Rate,

 

then Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds)
shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

    36

     

    

 

		10.3	Cost of funds

 

		(A)	If this Clause 10.3 applies to a Loan
                                            for an Interest Period, Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest) shall not apply to that
                                            Loan for that Interest Period and the rate of interest on that Loan for that Interest Period
                                            shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

		(1)	the applicable Margin; and

 

		(2)	the weighted average of the rates notified
                                            to the Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by the Reporting Time,
                                            to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum its cost of funds relating to its
                                            participation in that Loan.

 

		(B)	If this Clause 10.3 applies and the Agent
                                            or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for
                                            a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining
                                            the rate of interest.

 

		(C)	Any alternative basis agreed pursuant
                                            to paragraph (B) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower,
                                            be binding on all Parties.

 

		(D)	If this Clause 10.3 applies pursuant to
                                            Clause 10.2 (Market disruption) and:

 

		(1)	a Lender's Funding Rate is less than
                                            the relevant Market Disruption Rate; or

 

		(2)	a Lender does not notify a rate to the
                                            Agent by the relevant Reporting Time,

 

that Lender's cost of funds relating
to its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (A) above, to be the Market
Disruption Rate for that Loan.

 

		(E)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (D) above if this
                                            Clause ‎10.3 applies
                                            but any Lender does not notify a rate to the Agent by the Reporting Time, the rate of interest
                                            shall be calculated on the basis of the rates notified by the remaining Lenders.

 

		10.4	Notification to the Borrower

 

If Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds)
applies the Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the Borrower.

 

		10.5	Break Costs

 

		(A)	If an amount is specified as Break Costs
                                            in the Reference Rate Terms for a Loan or Unpaid Sum, the Borrower shall, within three Business
                                            Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs (if any) attributable
                                            to all or any part of that Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day prior to
                                            the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

		(B)	Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably
                                            practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its
                                            Break Costs for any Interest Period in respect of which they become, or may become, payable.

 

    37

     

    

 

		11.	Fees

 

		11.1	Commitment fee

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for
                                            the account of each Lender) for each period during the Availability Period set out below,
                                            a fee computed at the rate per annum equal to the percentage of the applicable Margin set
                                            out opposite that period on that Lender’s Available Commitment:

 

	Period	Commitment
    fee (per cent. per annum of the applicable Margin)
	from
    and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling three months after the date of this Agreement	0.00
	from
    and including the day falling immediately after the date falling three months after the date of this Agreement to and including 30
    June 2022 	20.00
	from
    and including 01 July 2022 to and including the last day of the Availability Period	30.00

		(B)	The accrued commitment fee is payable
                                            on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability
                                            Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled
                                            amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

		(C)	No commitment fee is payable to the Agent
                                            (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which
                                            that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

		11.2	Arrangement fee

 

The Borrower shall pay to each of the
Arrangers an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

		11.3	Agency fee

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent
(for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

    38

     

    

 

		12.	Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities

 

		12.1	Definitions

 

		(A)	In this Agreement:

 

“Borrower DTTP Filing”
means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the Borrower, which:

 

		(1)	where it relates to a Treaty Lender that
                                            is an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence
                                            stated opposite that Lender’s name in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders), or

 

		(2)	where it relates to a Treaty Lender that
                                            is a New Lender or an Increase Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction
                                            of tax residence stated in respect of that Lender in the relevant documentation which it
                                            executes on becoming a Party as a Lender.

 

“Form DTTP2”
means HM Revenue & Customs Form DTTP2, Form DTTP2A or such other prescribed form of notification as HM Revenue &
Customs specifies from time to time shall be used pursuant to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme.

 

“Protected Party”
means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation
to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

“Qualifying Lender”
means:

 

		(1)	a Lender which is beneficially entitled
                                            to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and
                                            is:

 

		(a)	a Lender:

 

		(i)	which is a bank (as defined for the
                                            purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within
                                            the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in
                                            respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from
                                            section 18A of the CTA; or

 

		(ii)	in respect of an advance made under
                                            a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879
                                            of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made and within the charge to United Kingdom
                                            corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or

 

		(b)	a Lender which is:

 

		(i)	a company resident in the United Kingdom
                                            for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

		(ii)	a partnership each member of which
                                            is:

 

		(a)	a company so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom; or

 

		(b)	a company not so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment
                                            and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of
                                            section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance
                                            that falls to it by reason of part 17 of the CTA;

 

    39

     

    

 

		(iii)	a company not so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment
                                            and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the
                                            chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

 

		(c)	a Treaty Lender; or

 

		(2)	a Lender which is a building society
                                            (as defined for the purpose of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance
                                            Document.

 

“Tax Confirmation”
means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under
a Finance Document is either:

 

		(1)	a company resident in the United Kingdom
                                            for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

		(2)	a partnership each member of which is:

 

		(a)	a company so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom; or

 

		(b)	a company not so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment
                                            and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of
                                            section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance
                                            that falls to it by reason of part 17 of the CTA; or

 

		(3)	a company not so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment
                                            and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the
                                            chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

 

“Tax Credit” means
a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

“Tax Deduction” means
a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

“Tax Payment” means
either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause
12.3 (Tax indemnity).

 

“Treaty Lender” means
a Lender which:

 

		(1)	is treated as a resident of a Treaty
                                            State for the purposes of the Treaty;

 

		(2)	does not carry on a business in the United
                                            Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in
                                            the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

		(3)	fulfils any conditions or requirements
                                            for full exemption from Tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest pursuant to such Treaty
                                            (subject to completion of any necessary procedural formalities).

 

    40

     

    

 

“Treaty State” means
a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “Treaty”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full
exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

 

“UK Non-Bank Lender”
means, where a Lender becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the documentation
which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender.

 

		(B)	Unless a contrary indication appears,
                                            in this Clause 12 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities) a reference to “determines”
                                            or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the
                                            person making the determination.

 

		12.2	Tax gross-up

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall make all payments to
                                            be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

		(B)	The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming
                                            aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis
                                            of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent
                                            on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives
                                            such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower.

 

		(C)	If a Tax Deduction is required by law
                                            to be made by the Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased
                                            to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment
                                            which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

		(D)	A payment shall not be increased under
                                            Clause 12.2(C) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United
                                            Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

		(1)	the payment could have been made to the
                                            relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on
                                            that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result
                                            of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation,
                                            administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published
                                            concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

 

		(2)	the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender
                                            solely by virtue of paragraph (1)(b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

 

		(a)	an officer of HM Revenue &
                                            Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “Direction”) under
                                            section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the
                                            Borrower a certified copy of that Direction; and

 

		(b)	the payment could have been made to
                                            the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

 

		(3)	the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender
                                            solely by virtue of paragraph (1)(b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

 

		(a)	the relevant Lender has not given a
                                            Tax Confirmation to the Borrower; and

 

    41

     

    

 

		(b)	the payment could have been made to
                                            the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Borrower,
                                            on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Borrower to have formed a reasonable
                                            belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section
                                            930 of the ITA; or

 

		(4)	the relevant Lender is a Treaty Lender
                                            and the Borrower is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender
                                            without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under Clause 12.2(G) below.

 

		(E)	If the Borrower is required to make a
                                            Tax Deduction, it shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with
                                            that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

		(F)	Within 30 days of making either a Tax
                                            Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall
                                            deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section
                                            975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax
                                            Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing
                                            authority.

 

		(G)	

 

		(1)	Subject to Clause 12.2(G)(2) and
                                            Clause 12.2(G)(3) below, a Treaty Lender and the Borrower which makes a payment to which
                                            that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities
                                            necessary for the Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

		(2)	Nothing in Clause 12.2(G)(1) above
                                            shall require a Treaty Lender to:

 

		(a)	register under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport
                                            scheme; or

 

		(b)	apply the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme
                                            to any Utilisation if it has so registered.

 

		(3)	

 

		(a)	A Treaty Lender which becomes a Party
                                            on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT
                                            Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm
                                            its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Schedule
                                            1 (The Original Lenders); and

 

		(b)	a New Lender or an Increase Lender that
                                            is a Treaty Lender which holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which
                                            wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number
                                            and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the documentation which it executes on becoming
                                            a Party as a Lender,

 

and, having
done so, that Lender shall automatically be deemed to have discharged all its obligations and responsibilities pursuant to Clause ‎‎12.2(G)(1) above.

 

    42

     

    

 

		(H)	If a Lender has confirmed its scheme reference
                                            number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with Clause 12.2(G)(3) above:

 

		(1)	such confirmation shall constitute notification
                                            by such Lender to the Borrower that the Lender wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme
                                            to apply to this Agreement and that pursuant to such scheme the Borrower must comply with
                                            its obligations under Clause 12.2(I)(2) below; and

 

		(2)	the Borrower shall file a duly completed
                                            Form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days
                                            of, as applicable, (i) the date of this Agreement or (ii) the date on which that
                                            Treaty Lender becomes a Party as a Lender in the case of a New Lender or an Increase Lender.

 

		(I)	If a Lender has confirmed its scheme reference
                                            number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with Clause 12.2(G)(3) above
                                            and the Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect
                                            of that Lender but:

 

		(1)	such Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected
                                            by HM Revenue & Customs; or

 

		(2)	HM Revenue & Customs has not
                                            issued to the Borrower a direction pursuant to Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief
                                            (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations (SI 1970/488) that interest under the Facilities
                                            can be paid without a Tax Deduction pursuant to the relevant Treaty within 30 Business Days
                                            of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing,

 

and in each case, the Borrower has notified
that Lender in writing, then that Lender and the Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary
for the Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

		(J)	If a Lender has not confirmed its scheme
                                            reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with Clause 12.2(G)(3) above,
                                            the Borrower shall not make the Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the
                                            HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment or its participation
                                            in any Loan unless the Lender otherwise agrees in writing.

 

		(K)	The Borrower shall, promptly on making
                                            the Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of the Borrower DTTP Filing to the Agent for delivery
                                            to the relevant Lender.

 

		(L)	A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify
                                            the Borrower and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the
                                            Tax Confirmation.

 

		12.3	Tax indemnity

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall (within three Business
                                            Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability
                                            or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly)
                                            suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

    43

     

    

 

		(B)	Clause 12.3(A) above shall not apply:

 

		(1)	with respect to any Tax assessed on a
                                            Finance Party:

 

		(a)	under the law of the jurisdiction in
                                            which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions)
                                            in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

		(b)	under the law of the jurisdiction in
                                            which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received
                                            or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated
by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

		(2)	to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

		(a)	is compensated for by an increased
                                            payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up);

 

		(b)	would have been compensated for by
                                            an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely
                                            because one of the exclusions in Clause 12.2(D) (Tax gross-up) applied; or

 

		(c)	relates to a FATCA Deduction required
                                            to be made by a Party.

 

		(C)	A Protected Party making, or intending
                                            to make, a claim under Clause 12.3(A) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event
                                            which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify
                                            the Borrower.

 

		(D)	A Protected Party shall, on receiving
                                            a payment from the Borrower under this Clause 12.3, notify the Agent.

 

		12.4	Tax Credit

 

If the Borrower makes a Tax Payment
and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

		(A)	a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased
                                            payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in
                                            consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

		(B)	that Finance Party has obtained and utilised
                                            that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount
to the Borrower which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have
been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Borrower.

 

		12.5	Lender status confirmation

 

Each Lender which becomes a Party to
this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender,
and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to the Borrower, which of the following categories it falls in:

 

		(A)	not a Qualifying Lender;

 

		(B)	a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty
                                            Lender); or

 

    44

     

    

 

		(C)	a Treaty Lender.

 

If a New Lender or an Increase Lender
fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 12.5 then such New Lender or Increase Lender shall be treated for the purposes
of this Agreement (including by the Borrower) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category
applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Borrower). For the avoidance of doubt, any documentation
executed by a Lender on becoming a Party as a Lender shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 12.5.

 

		12.6	Stamp taxes

 

The Borrower shall pay and, within
three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation
to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

		12.7	VAT

 

		(A)	All amounts expressed to be payable under
                                            a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute
                                            the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which
                                            is or becomes chargeable on that supply and, accordingly, subject to Clause 12.7(B) below,
                                            if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under
                                            a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority
                                            for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time
                                            as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT
                                            (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

 

		(B)	If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any
                                            supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance
                                            Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other
                                            than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of
                                            any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier
                                            (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

		(1)	(where the Supplier is the person required
                                            to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to
                                            the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount
                                            of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this Clause 12.7(B)(1) applies) promptly pay to
                                            the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from
                                            the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable
                                            on that supply; and

 

		(2)	(where the Recipient is the person required
                                            to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following
                                            demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on
                                            that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not
                                            entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

		(C)	Where a Finance Document requires any
                                            Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall
                                            reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such
                                            cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such
                                            Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect
                                            of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

    45

     

    

 

		(D)	Any reference in this Clause 12.7 to any
                                            Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal
                                            unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires)
                                            a reference to any member of such group at such time which is responsible for, or paying
                                            VAT on behalf of such group, or on behalf of any or all of the members thereof (including,
                                            in a UK context, the “representative member” as defined in the Value Added
                                            Tax Act 1994).

 

		(E)	In relation to any supply made by a Finance
                                            Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party,
                                            that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT
                                            registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such
                                            Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

		12.8	FATCA Information

 

		(A)	Subject to Clause 12.8(C) below,
                                            each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

		(1)	confirm to that other Party whether it
                                            is:

 

		(a)	a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

		(b)	not a FATCA Exempt Party;

 

		(2)	supply to that other Party such forms,
                                            documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party
                                            reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

		(3)	supply to that other Party such forms,
                                            documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably
                                            requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation,
                                            or exchange of information regime.

 

		(B)	If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant
                                            to Clause 12.8(A)(1) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes
                                            aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that
                                            other Party reasonably promptly.

 

		(C)	Clause 12.8(A) above shall not oblige
                                            any Finance Party to do anything, and Clause 12.8(A)(3) above shall not oblige any other
                                            Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach
                                            of:

 

		(1)	any law or regulation;

 

		(2)	any fiduciary duty; or

 

		(3)	any duty of confidentiality.

 

		(D)	If a Party fails to confirm whether or
                                            not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested
                                            in accordance with Clause 12.8(A)(1) or 12.8(A)(2) (including, for the avoidance
                                            of doubt, where Clause 12.8(C) applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes
                                            of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until
                                            such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation
                                            or other information.

 

    46

     

    

 

		(E)	If the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor or
                                            the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law
                                            or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

 

		(1)	where the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor
                                            and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;

 

		(2)	where the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor
                                            on a Transfer Date and the relevant Lender is a New Lender, the relevant Transfer Date;

 

		(3)	where the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor
                                            on a date on which an increase in Commitments takes effect and the relevant Lender is an
                                            Increase Lender, that date;

 

		(4)	where the Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor,
                                            the date of a request from the Agent,

 

supply to the Agent:

 

		(a)	a withholding certificate on Form W-8,
                                            Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

 

		(b)	any withholding statement or other
                                            document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status
                                            of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

 

		(F)	The Agent shall provide any withholding
                                            certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a
                                            Lender pursuant to Clause 12.8(E) above to the Borrower.

 

		(G)	If any withholding certificate, withholding
                                            statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to
                                            Clause 12.8(E) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender
                                            shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement,
                                            document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do
                                            so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any
                                            such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver
                                            to the Borrower.

 

		(H)	The Agent may rely on any withholding
                                            certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a
                                            Lender pursuant to Clause 12.8(E) above or Clause 12.8(G) above without further
                                            verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection
                                            with Clause 12.8(E) above, Clause 12.8(F) above or Clause 12.8(G) above.

 

		12.9	FATCA Deduction

 

		(A)	Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction
                                            it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction,
                                            and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such
                                            a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

    47

     

    

 

		(B)	Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming
                                            aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the
                                            basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in
                                            addition, shall notify the Borrower and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance
                                            Parties.

 

		13.	Increased Costs

 

		13.1	Increased Costs

 

		(A)	Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions)
                                            the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account
                                            of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any
                                            of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

		(1)	the introduction of or any change in
                                            (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation after
                                            the date of this Agreement or, in the case of any New Lender or Increase Lender not otherwise
                                            party to this Agreement as a Lender on the date of this Agreement, after the date on which
                                            it became party to this Agreement as a Lender;

 

		(2)	compliance with any law or regulation
                                            made after the date of this Agreement or, in the case of any New Lender or Increase Lender
                                            not otherwise party to this Agreement as a Lender on the date of this Agreement, after the
                                            date on which it became party to this Agreement as a Lender; or

 

		(3)	the implementation or application of,
                                            or compliance with, Basel III or any law or regulation which implements Basel III including,
                                            for the avoidance of doubt, and without prejudice to the foregoing, CRD IV, but only insofar
                                            as it relates to the implementation of Basel III, (whether such implementation, application
                                            or compliance is by a government, regulator or a Finance Party) but only to the extent the
                                            relevant Finance Party did not know (and could not reasonably have known) about the relevant
                                            Basel III or CRD IV Increased Costs at the date of this Agreement or, in the case of any
                                            New Lender or Increase Lender not otherwise party to this Agreement as a Lender on the date
                                            of this Agreement, at the date on which it became party to this Agreement as a Lender.

 

		(B)	In this Agreement:

 

		(1)	“Basel III” means:

 

		(a)	the agreements on capital requirements,
                                            a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory
                                            framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International
                                            framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance
                                            for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by
                                            the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented
                                            or restated;

 

		(b)	the rules for global systemically
                                            important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology
                                            and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by
                                            the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented
                                            or restated; and

 

    48

     

    

 

		(c)	any further guidance or standards published
                                            by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”;

 

		(2)	“CRD IV” means EU
                                            CRD IV and UK CRD IV;

 

		(3)	“EU CRD IV” means:

 

		(a)	Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of
                                            the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements
                                            for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012; and

 

		(b)	Directive 2013/36EU of the European
                                            Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions
                                            and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms amending Directive
                                            2002/87/EC and repealing Directive 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC;

 

		(4)	“Increased Costs”
                                            means:

 

		(a)	a reduction in the rate of return from
                                            a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

		(b)	an additional or increased cost; or

 

		(c)	a reduction of any amount due and payable
                                            under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by
a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment
or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

		(5)	“UK CRD IV” means:

 

		(a)	Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the
                                            European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for
                                            credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 as it forms
                                            part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act
                                            2018 (the “Withdrawal Act”);

 

		(b)	the law of the United Kingdom or any
                                            part of it, which immediately before IP completion day (as defined in the European Union
                                            (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020) implemented Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament
                                            and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions
                                            and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive
                                            2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC and its implementing measures;
                                            and

 

		(c)	direct EU legislation (as defined in
                                            the Withdrawal Act), which immediately before IP completion day (as defined in the European
                                            Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020) implemented EU CRD IV as it forms part of domestic
                                            law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the Withdrawal Act.

 

    49

     

    

 

		13.2	Increased cost claims

 

		(A)	A Finance Party intending to make a claim
                                            pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased Costs) shall, promptly upon becoming aware of the
                                            same, notify the Agent of the circumstances giving rise to the claim and the amount of the
                                            claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

		(B)	Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable
                                            after a demand by the Agent, provide to the Borrower a certificate confirming the amount
                                            and (other than in respect of any Increased Cost attributable to Basel III) the basis of
                                            calculation (in reasonable detail) of its Increased Cost, provided that, if so requested
                                            by any Finance Party, the Borrower shall enter into a Confidentiality Undertaking with that
                                            Finance Party on terms mutually acceptable to the Borrower and that Finance Party in respect
                                            of the information contained in that certificate. For the avoidance of doubt, the certificate
                                            shall not include any information the disclosure of which is prohibited by law, regulation
                                            or court order or any information which is price-sensitive in relation to listed shares or
                                            instruments issued by that Lender or any of its Affiliates.

 

		13.3	Exceptions

 

		(A)	Clause 13.1 (Increased Costs) does
                                            not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

		(1)	attributable to a Tax Deduction required
                                            by law to be made by the Borrower;

 

		(2)	attributable to a FATCA Deduction required
                                            to be made by a Party;

 

		(3)	compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax
                                            indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity)
                                            but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in Clause 12.3(B) (Tax
                                            indemnity) applied);

 

		(4)	attributable to the wilful breach by
                                            the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation;

 

		(5)	attributable to the implementation or
                                            application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement
                                            and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on
                                            Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement
                                            (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (“Basel II”) or
                                            any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application
                                            or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates); or

 

		(6)	attributable to the implementation or
                                            application of or compliance by a Finance Party and/or its Affiliates with the bank levy
                                            imposed by the United Kingdom government under the Finance Act 2011 or any other levy or
                                            Tax of a similar nature in any jurisdiction in force as at the date of this Agreement.

 

		(B)	In this Clause 13.3, a reference to a
                                            “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to that term in Clause 12.1
                                            (Definitions).

 

    50

     

    

 

		14.	Other Indemnities

 

		14.1	Currency indemnity

 

		(A)	If any sum due from the Borrower under
                                            the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given
                                            or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First
                                            Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second
                                            Currency”) for the purpose of:

 

		(1)	making or filing a claim or proof against
                                            the Borrower;

 

		(2)	obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment
                                            or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

the Borrower shall as an independent
obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability
arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that
Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time
of its receipt of that Sum.

 

		(B)	The Borrower waives any right it may have
                                            in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency
                                            unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

		14.2	Other indemnities

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall, within three Business
                                            Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred
                                            by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

		(1)	the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

		(2)	a failure by it to pay any amount due
                                            under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or
                                            liability arising as a result of Clause 26 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

 

		(3)	funding, or making arrangements to fund,
                                            its participation in a Utilisation requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but
                                            not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement
                                            (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

		(4)	a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation)
                                            not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

		(B)	For the purpose of this paragraph (B),
                                            “Indemnified Person” means each Finance Party, any of their respective
                                            Affiliates and each of their (or their respective Affiliates') respective directors, officers
                                            and employees.

 

		(1)	The Borrower shall within three Business
                                            Days of demand indemnify each Indemnified Person against any cost, expense, loss or liability
                                            (including without limitation legal fees) incurred by or awarded against that Indemnified
                                            Person in each case arising out of or in connection with any action, claim, investigation
                                            or proceeding commenced (including, without limitation, any action, claim, investigation
                                            or proceeding to preserve or enforce rights) in relation to the Acquisition.

 

    51

     

    

 

 

		(2)	The Borrower will not be liable under
                                            sub-paragraph (B)(1) above for any cost, expense, loss or liability (including
                                            without limitation legal fees) incurred by or awarded against an Indemnified Person if that
                                            cost, expense, loss or liability results directly from any breach by that Indemnified Person
                                            of any Finance Document which is in each case finally judicially determined to have resulted
                                            directly from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person. Any Affiliate
                                            or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate may rely on this Clause 14.2
                                            subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties
                                            Act.

 

		(3)	No Finance Party shall have any duty
                                            or obligation, whether as fiduciary for any Indemnified Person or otherwise, to recover any
                                            payment made or required to be made under paragraph (B)(1) above).

 

		(4)	The Borrower agrees that no Indemnified
                                            Person shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise)
                                            to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates for or in connection with anything referred to in
                                            paragraph (B)(1) above except for any such cost, expense, loss or liability incurred
                                            by the Borrower that results directly from any breach by that Indemnified Person of any Finance
                                            Document which is in each case finally judicially determined to have resulted directly from
                                            the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

 

		(5)	Notwithstanding paragraph (B)(4) above,
                                            no Indemnified Person shall be responsible or have any liability to the Borrower or any of
                                            its Affiliates or anyone else for consequential losses or damages.

 

		14.3	Indemnity to the Agent

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall promptly, following
                                            a written demand from the Agent, indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability
                                            properly incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

		(1)	investigating any event which it reasonably
                                            believes is a Default;

 

		(2)	acting or relying on any notice, request
                                            or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;
                                            or

 

		(3)	instructing lawyers, accountants, tax
                                            advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement.

 

		(B)	The Agent shall notify the Borrower promptly
                                            of any of the events in Clause 14.3(A) above taking place.

 

		15.	Mitigation by the Lenders

 

		15.1	Mitigation

 

		(A)	Each Finance Party shall, in consultation
                                            with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and
                                            which would result in any Facility ceasing to be available or any amount becoming payable
                                            under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause
                                            12 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased Costs) including
                                            (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents
                                            to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

    	 	52	 

     

    

 

		(B)	Clause 15.1(A) above does not in
                                            any way limit the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents.

 

		(C)	Each Finance Party shall notify the Agent,
                                            as soon as reasonably practicable if it becomes aware that any circumstances of the kind
                                            described in Clause 15.1(A) above have arisen following which the Agent shall promptly
                                            notify the Borrower.

 

		15.2	Limitation of liability

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall promptly indemnify
                                            each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as
                                            a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).

 

		(B)	A Finance Party is not obliged to take
                                            any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party
                                            (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

		16.	Costs and Expenses

 

		16.1	Transaction expenses

 

The Borrower shall promptly on demand
pay the Agent and each of the Arrangers the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees on and subject to the terms
agreed with the relevant Party’s legal advisers) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation,
printing and execution of:

 

		(A)	this Agreement and any other documents
                                            referred to in this Agreement; and

 

		(B)	any other Finance Documents executed after
                                            the date of this Agreement.

 

		16.2	Amendment costs

 

If:

 

		(A)	it requests an amendment, waiver or consent;
                                            or

 

		(B)	an amendment is required pursuant to Clause
                                            27.10 (Change of currency),

 

the Borrower shall, within three Business
Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding
to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

		16.3	Enforcement costs

 

The Borrower shall, within three Business
Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party
in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

		17.	[Clause not used]

 

		18.	Representations

 

The Borrower makes the representations
and warranties set out in this Clause 18 (Representations) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

    	 	53	 

     

    

 

		18.1	Status

 

		(A)	It is duly incorporated and validly existing
                                            under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

		(B)	It and each of its Material Subsidiaries
                                            has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

		18.2	Binding obligations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations,
the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party and by it under the Acquisition Agreement
are, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

		18.3	Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it
of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and by it of the Acquisition Agreement do not conflict with:

 

		(A)	any law or regulation applicable to it
                                            (other than, prior to the first Utilisation Date, in relation to any regulatory approval
                                            required in connection with the Acquisition as contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement);

 

		(B)	its constitutional documents (other than,
                                            prior to the first Utilisation Date, in connection with the borrowing limit included at section
                                            134 (Borrowing powers) of its articles); or

 

		(C)	any document which is binding upon it
                                            or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets, the breach
                                            of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		18.4	Power and authority

 

It has the power to enter into, perform
and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which
it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents and the Acquisition Agreement.

 

		18.5	Authorisations

 

All Authorisations required by it:

 

		(A)	to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise
                                            its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party
                                            and the Acquisition Agreement; and

 

		(B)	to make the Finance Documents to which
                                            it is a party and the Acquisition Agreement admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of
                                            incorporation,

 

have been obtained or effected and
are in full force and effect.

 

		18.6	Governing law and enforcement

 

		(A)	The choice of English law as the governing
                                            law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

    	 	54	 

     

    

 

		(B)	Subject to the Legal Reservations, any
                                            judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced
                                            in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

		18.7	Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any Tax
Deduction (as defined in Clause 12.1 (Definitions)) from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender which
is:

 

		(A)	a Qualifying Lender:

 

		(1)	falling within paragraph (1)(a) of
                                            the definition of “Qualifying Lender”; or

 

		(2)	except where a Direction has been given
                                            under section 931 of the ITA in relation to the payment concerned, falling within paragraph
                                            (1)(b) of the definition of “Qualifying Lender”; or

 

		(3)	falling within paragraph (2) of
                                            the definition of “Qualifying Lender” or;

 

		(B)	a Treaty Lender and the payment is one
                                            specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation
                                            2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488).

 

		18.8	No filing or stamp taxes

 

As at the date of this Agreement and
under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with
any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance
Documents.

 

		18.9	No default

 

		(A)	No Event of Default is continuing or will
                                            result from the entry into of, or the performance of any transaction contemplated by, any
                                            Finance Document or the Acquisition Agreement.

 

		(B)	No other event is continuing which constitutes
                                            a default under any other document which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or any
                                            of its or its Subsidiaries’ assets to an extent or in a manner which has or is reasonably
                                            likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		18.10	No misleading information

 

		(A)	Any written factual information provided
                                            by or on behalf of any member of the Group in relation to any Finance Document was true and
                                            accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any)
                                            at which it is stated.

 

		(B)	Nothing has occurred or been omitted from
                                            the written factual information referred to in Clause 18.10(A) above and no information
                                            has been given or withheld that results in the information being untrue or misleading in
                                            any material respect.

 

		18.11	Financial statements

 

In the case of the Borrower:

 

		(A)	the Original Financial Statements were
                                            prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied unless expressly disclosed to the Agent
                                            in writing to the contrary before the date of this Agreement;

 

    	 	55	 

     

    

 

		(B)	the Original Financial Statements give
                                            a true and fair view of its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year
                                            and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Borrower)
                                            unless expressly disclosed to the Agent in writing to the contrary before the date of this
                                            Agreement; and

 

		(C)	there has been no material adverse change
                                            in the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower since the date of the Original Financial
                                            Statements.

 

		18.12	Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance
Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations
mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

		18.13	No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative
proceedings are current or, to its knowledge, pending or threatened in writing, which are reasonably likely to be determined against
it (taking into account the likelihood of success of those proceedings) and which, if they were so adversely determined, would be reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		18.14	Sanctions

 

		(A)	Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
                                            or, to its knowledge, any of its directors are:

 

		(1)	a designated target of, or is controlled
                                            by or a Subsidiary of, directly or indirectly, any person which is currently a designated
                                            target of any Sanctions;

 

		(2)	located or organised under the laws of
                                            Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea or Syria, in each case only where, as at the date of
                                            this Agreement, that country is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

		(3)	subject to any claim, proceeding, formal
                                            notice or investigation with respect to Sanctions.

 

		(B)	In relation to each Lender that notifies
                                            the Agent to this effect (each a “Restricted Bank”) this Clause 18.14
                                            shall only apply for the benefit of that Restricted Bank to the extent that this Clause 18.14
                                            would not result in any violation of or liability under EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 or §7
                                            of the German Aussenwirtschaftsverordnung. In connection with any amendment, waiver,
                                            determination or direction relating to any part of this Clause 18.14 of which a Restricted
                                            Bank does not have the benefit, the participation in any Commitment of that Restricted Bank
                                            will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Majority Lenders
                                            or all Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction by the Majority
                                            Lenders or all Lenders has been made.

 

    	 	56	 

     

    

 

		18.15	Anti-corruption law

 

Each member of the Group has conducted
its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws in all material respects. The Group has instituted and maintained policies
and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

		18.16	US Provisions

 

The Borrower, Bidco and their ERISA
Affiliates are in compliance with all laws and regulations relating to each Plan sponsored by them, except where any failure to comply
would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		18.17	Acquisition

 

The Acquisition Agreement contains
all material terms of the Acquisition.

 

		18.18	Repetition

 

		(A)	The Repeating Representations are deemed
                                            to be made by the Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the
                                            date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

		(B)	The Repeating Representations apply to
                                            the circumstances existing at the time such Repeating Representation is made.

 

		19.	Information Undertakings

 

The undertakings in this Clause 19
(Information Undertakings) remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the
Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

		19.1	Financial statements

 

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent
in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

		(A)	as soon as the same become available,
                                            but in any event within 120 days after the end of each financial year, its audited consolidated
                                            financial statements for that financial year; and

 

		(B)	as soon as the same become available,
                                            but in any event within 90 days after the end of the first half year of each of its financial
                                            years, its interim consolidated financial statements for that financial half year.

 

		19.2	Compliance Certificate

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall supply to the Agent,
                                            with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1(A) or Clause
                                            19.1(B) (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out a list of
                                            the Material Subsidiaries as at the date of that Compliance Certificate.

 

		(B)	Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed
                                            by a director of the Borrower.

 

    	 	57	 

     

    

 

		19.3	Requirements as to financial statements

 

		(A)	Each set of financial statements delivered
                                            by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) shall be certified
                                            by a director of the relevant company as fairly representing its financial condition as at
                                            the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

		(B)	The Borrower shall procure that each set
                                            of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) is
                                            prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with
                                            those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements. The Borrower must
                                            notify the Agent of any change to the manner in which any set of audited consolidated financial
                                            statements are prepared other than in respect of any general change to IFRS or any other
                                            change in accounting principles applicable to companies generally.

 

		(C)	If requested by the Agent, the Borrower
                                            shall supply to the Agent:

 

		(1)	a description of any change notified
                                            to the Agent in accordance with Clause 19.3(B) above;

 

		(2)	sufficient information, in form and substance
                                            as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Finance Parties to make an accurate
                                            comparison between the financial position shown by the set of financial statements prepared
                                            on the changed basis and its most recent audited consolidated financial statements delivered
                                            to the Agent under this Agreement; and

 

		(3)	in respect of any change to the manner
                                            in which operating leases are treated under IFRS, a reconciliation to enable the Finance
                                            Parties to make an accurate comparison between the financial position shown by the set of
                                            financial statements prepared on the changed basis and its most recent financial statements
                                            delivered to the Agent immediately prior to such change in IFRS.

 

		(D)	If notified under Clause 19.3(B) above,
                                            the Agent may request the Borrower to enter into discussions for a period of not more than
                                            30 days with a view to agreeing any amendments required to be made to this Agreement to place
                                            the Borrower and the Lenders in the same position as they would have been in if the change
                                            notified under Clause 19.3(B) above had not happened. Any agreement between the Borrower
                                            and the Agent will be, with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, binding on all the
                                            Parties.

 

		(E)	If no agreement is reached under Clause
                                            19.3(D) above on the required amendments to this Agreement, the Borrower must ensure
                                            that its auditors certify those amendments. The certificate of the auditors will be, in the
                                            absence of manifest error, binding on all the Parties.

 

		19.4	Information: miscellaneous

 

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent
(in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

		(A)	copies of all documents dispatched by
                                            the Borrower to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the
                                            same time as they are dispatched;

 

		(B)	promptly upon becoming aware of them,
                                            the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current,
                                            threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which are reasonably likely to
                                            have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

    	 	58	 

     

    

 

		(C)	with each Compliance Certificate and,
                                            in any event, upon the Agent’s reasonable request, a list of the then current Material
                                            Subsidiaries; and

 

		(D)	promptly, such further information regarding
                                            the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance
                                            Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.

 

Any document to be supplied by the
Borrower to the Agent under this Clause 19.4 may be delivered by electronic mail.

 

		19.5	Notification of default

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall notify the Agent of
                                            any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware
                                            of its occurrence.

 

		(B)	Promptly upon a request by the Agent,
                                            the Borrower shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its authorised signatories
                                            on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying
                                            the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

		19.6	Credit Rating

 

The Borrower shall notify the Agent,
in writing, of any change in its Credit Rating within five Business Days of any such change by delivery to the Agent of a Rating Certificate.

 

		19.7	Use of websites

 

		(A)	The Borrower may satisfy its obligation
                                            under this Agreement to deliver any information by posting this information onto an electronic
                                            website designated by the Borrower and the Agent (the “Designated Website”)
                                            if:

 

		(1)	the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation
                                            with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

		(2)	both the Borrower and the Agent are aware
                                            of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

		(3)	the information is in a format previously
                                            agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.

 

		(B)	The Agent shall supply each Lender with
                                            the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following
                                            designation of that website by the Borrower and the Agent.

 

		(C)	The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming
                                            aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

		(1)	the Designated Website cannot be accessed
                                            due to technical failure;

 

		(2)	the password specifications for the Designated
                                            Website change;

 

    	 	59	 

     

    

 

		(3)	any new information which is required
                                            to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

		(4)	any existing information which has been
                                            provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

		(5)	the Borrower becomes aware that the Designated
                                            Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by
                                            any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If the Borrower notifies the Agent under
Clause 19.7(C)(1) or Clause 19.7(C)(5) above, all information to be provided by the Borrower under this Agreement after the
date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving
rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

		(D)	Any Lender may request, through the Agent,
                                            one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted
                                            onto the Designated Website. The Borrower shall comply with any such request within ten Business
                                            Days.

 

		19.8	Acquisition

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall promptly notify the
                                            Agent (and the Agent shall, promptly upon receiving such notice, notify the Lenders) once
                                            the Shareholder Notice Date has occurred.

 

		(B)	The Borrower shall promptly notify the
                                            Agent (and the Agent shall, promptly upon receiving such notice, notify the Lenders) once
                                            the Closing Date has occurred.

 

		(C)	The Borrower shall promptly notify the
                                            Agent (and the Agent shall, promptly upon receiving such notice, notify the Lenders) if,
                                            in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, the Original End Date is extended
                                            to the First Extended End Date or the Second Extended End Date.

 

		(D)	The Borrower shall promptly supply to
                                            the Agent any other information regarding the progress of the Acquisition as the Agent may
                                            reasonably request, except to the extent that it is prohibited from doing so by the terms
                                            of a confidentiality undertaking or by any applicable law or regulation.

 

		19.9	“Know your customer” checks

 

		(A)	If:

 

		(1)	the introduction of or any change in
                                            (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after
                                            the date of this Agreement;

 

		(2)	any change in the status of the Borrower
                                            after the date of this Agreement; or

 

		(3)	a proposed assignment or transfer by
                                            a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not
                                            a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or,
in the case of Clause 19.9(A)(3) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar
identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly
upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably
requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in Clause
19.9(A)(3) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described
in Clause 19.9(A)(3) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know
your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated
in the Finance Documents.

 

    	 	60	 

     

    

 

		(B)	Each Lender shall promptly upon the request
                                            of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is
                                            reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be
                                            satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar
                                            checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated
                                            in the Finance Documents.

 

		20.	[Clause not used]

 

		21.	General Undertakings

 

The undertakings in this Clause 21
(General Undertakings) remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance
Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

		21.1	Authorisations

 

The Borrower shall promptly:

 

		(A)	obtain, maintain and comply with the terms;
                                            and

 

		(B)	supply certified copies to the Agent,

 

of any Authorisation required under
any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under any Finance Document and to
ensure the validity or enforceability in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.

 

		21.2	Compliance with laws

 

The Borrower shall ensure that each
member of the Group complies in all respects with all laws to which it is subject where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse
Effect.

 

		21.3	Negative pledge

 

In this Clause 21.3, “Quasi-Security”
means an arrangement or transaction described in Clause 21.3(B) below.

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure
                                            that no Material Subsidiary will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its
                                            assets.

 

		(B)	The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure
                                            that no Material Subsidiary will):

 

		(1)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of
                                            any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired or acquired
                                            by a member of the Group or any of its related entities;

 

    	 	61	 

     

    

 

		(2)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of
                                            any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

		(3)	enter into any arrangement under which
                                            money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to
                                            a combination of accounts; or

 

		(4)	enter into any other preferential arrangement
                                            having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the transaction
is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

		(C)	Clause 21.3(A) and Clause 21.3(B) above
                                            do not apply to any Security or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, listed below:

 

		(1)	any Security or Quasi-Security comprising
                                            or pursuant to any cash management or pooling, netting or set-off arrangement entered into
                                            by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking or cash management or pooling
                                            arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances or any guarantees given
                                            in respect of the same;

 

		(2)	any lien arising by operation of law
                                            and in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(3)	any Security or Quasi-Security over goods,
                                            documents of title to goods and/or related documents to secure liabilities of any member
                                            of the Group in respect of a letter of credit or other similar instrument issued by any member
                                            of the Group in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(4)	any lease or sale and lease back arrangements
                                            in respect of the vehicle fleet of the Group where the payment obligations by any member
                                            of the Group in respect of such arrangements does not, in aggregate, exceed £400,000,000
                                            or its equivalent at any time;

 

		(5)	any Security arising out of title retention
                                            provisions, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having a similar
                                            effect in respect of goods acquired by the relevant member of the Group in the ordinary course
                                            of trade;

 

		(6)	any Security or Quasi-Security arising
                                            under any finance or capital lease entered into by a member of the Group primarily as a method
                                            of raising finance or financing the acquisition of an asset by any member of the Group in
                                            the ordinary course of business;

 

		(7)	any Security or Quasi-Security on an
                                            asset, or an asset of any person, acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this
                                            Agreement but only for the period of six months from the date of acquisition and to the extent
                                            that the maximum principal amount secured by that Security or Quasi-Security has not been
                                            incurred or increased in contemplation of, or since, the acquisition; or

 

		(8)	any Security or Quasi-Security securing
                                            indebtedness the principal amount of which (when aggregated with the amount of any other
                                            indebtedness which has the benefit of a Security or Quasi-Security given by any member of
                                            the Group other than any permitted under Clause 21.3(C)(1) above to this Clause 21.3(C)(8))
                                            does not exceed an amount of £100,000,000 or its equivalent at any time.

 

    	 	62	 

     

    

 

		21.4	Disposals

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall not (and shall procure
                                            that no other member of the Group will) make a Restricted Disposal without the prior written
                                            consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

		(B)	Clause 21.4(A) above shall not apply:

 

		(1)	to any non-cash disposal on arm’s
                                            length terms provided the Borrower repays or prepays and cancels the Facilities by the same
                                            percentage as the percentage reduction in Net Debt of the Borrower resulting from such disposal;
                                            or

 

		(2)	if the Borrower ensures that 50 per cent.
                                            of the Net Disposal Proceeds of any Restricted Disposal (when received, in the case of any
                                            deferred consideration) are placed in an account with, or invested in Cash and Cash Equivalents
                                            Investments held with, an Acceptable Bank and within 18 months of the date of the relevant
                                            Restricted Disposal:

 

		(a)	re-invested in the operations or business
                                            of the Group;

 

		(b)	used to refinance any investment in the
                                            operations or business of the Group that was made in the 12 month period prior to the date
                                            of the relevant Restricted Disposal; or

 

		(c)	used to prepay and cancel (in an amount
                                            equal to the amount prepaid) the Facilities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

		(C)	The Borrower shall not (and shall procure
                                            that no other member of the Group will) transfer any assets to any CSPP Eligible Issuer.

 

		21.5	CSPP Eligible Issuer

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall ensure that no CSPP
                                            Eligible Issuer:

 

		(1)	will be a creditor in respect of any
                                            Financial Indebtedness other than in respect of any intra-Group loan to the Borrower;

 

		(2)	has traded or carried on any business
                                            since the date of its incorporation other than the issuance of debt instruments to the European
                                            Central Bank’s corporate sector purchase programme;

 

		(3)	has any employees; or

 

		(4)	owns any assets other than the intra-Group
                                            receivable described at paragraph (1) above.

 

		(B)	For the purpose of paragraph (A) above,
                                            paragraph (1) of the definition of “Financial Indebtedness” shall not apply.

 

		21.6	Financial Indebtedness

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall procure that no member
                                            of the Group (other than the Borrower or a CSPP Eligible Issuer) will incur, or allow to
                                            remain outstanding, any Financial Indebtedness.

 

    	 	63	 

     

    

 

		(B)	Clause 21.6(A) above does not apply
                                            to:

 

		(1)	any Financial Indebtedness incurred under
                                            the Finance Documents or otherwise with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders;

 

		(2)	any Financial Indebtedness of any person
                                            acquired by a member of the Group which is incurred under arrangements in existence at the
                                            date of acquisition, but only for a period of six Months from the date of acquisition;

 

		(3)	any netting or set-off arrangement (or
                                            any guarantee or indemnity in respect of any of those arrangements) entered into by a member
                                            of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking or cash management or pooling arrangements
                                            for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

		(4)	any derivative transaction entered into
                                            in the ordinary course of its trade in connection with protection against or benefit from
                                            fluctuation in any rate, currency or price (and not for speculative purposes);

 

		(5)	any Financial Indebtedness in connection
                                            with any Permitted Guarantee;

 

		(6)	any Financial Indebtedness arising under
                                            any Debt Capital Markets Issue effected for the purpose of:

 

		(a)	refinancing any debt incurred in order
                                            to fund the Acquisition; or

 

		(b)	paying consideration payable pursuant
                                            to the Acquisition;

 

		(7)	any Financial Indebtedness incurred for
                                            the purposes of refinancing any existing Financial Indebtedness of the Group or the Target
                                            Group and paying associated fees and costs provided that such refinancing is for the same
                                            or for a lower aggregate principal amount and on substantially the same terms, as such existing
                                            Financial Indebtedness; or

 

		(8)	any other Financial Indebtedness (other
                                            than any Cash Pooling Balance and excluding any Financial Indebtedness in respect of any
                                            Finance Lease) outstanding from time to time which in aggregate does not exceed £300,000,000
                                            or its equivalent at any time in respect of all members of the Group (other than the Borrower
                                            or a CSPP Eligible Issuer) taken as a whole.

 

		21.7	Trade Instruments

 

The Borrower shall procure that no
member of the Group will enter into or issue, or incur or allow to remain outstanding any indebtedness for or in respect of any counter-indemnity
obligation in respect of, any Trade Instruments in excess of (at any time) £250,000,000 or its equivalent in aggregate for the
Group as a whole.

 

		21.8	Pari Passu

 

The Borrower must ensure that its payment
obligations under the Finance Documents at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured
and unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

    	 	64	 

     

    

 

		21.9	Merger

 

The Borrower shall not enter into any
amalgamation, demerger, merger or reconstruction other than a Permitted Transaction.

 

		21.10	Change of business

 

The Borrower shall procure that no
substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower or the Group (taken as a whole) from that carried on
at the date of this Agreement.

 

		21.11	Sanctions

 

		(A)	The Borrower shall not (and shall procure
                                            that no member of the Group will), directly or, to its knowledge indirectly, use the proceeds
                                            of a Facility or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary
                                            or other person:

 

		(1)	specifically to fund any activities or
                                            business of or participate in any prohibited transaction with any person who is, or is controlled
                                            by or a subsidiary of a person that, at the time of such funding, is a designated target
                                            of Sanctions; or

 

		(2)	in any country or territory, that, at
                                            the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of country-wide or territory-wide
                                            Sanctions.

 

		(B)	In relation to each Lender that notifies
                                            the Agent to this effect (each a “Restricted Bank”) this Clause 21.11
                                            shall only apply for the benefit of that Restricted Bank to the extent that this Clause 21.11
                                            would not result in any violation of or liability under EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 or §7
                                            of the German Aussenwirtschaftsverordnung. In connection with any amendment, waiver,
                                            determination or direction relating to any part of this Clause 21.11 of which a Restricted
                                            Bank does not have the benefit, the participation in any Commitment of that Restricted Bank
                                            will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Majority Lenders
                                            or all Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction by the Majority
                                            Lenders or all Lenders has been made.

 

		21.12	Acquisition undertakings

 

The Borrower must, and shall procure
that Bidco will:

 

		(A)	comply in all material respects with all
                                            applicable laws and regulations relevant in the context of the Acquisition including in relation
                                            to all required filings; and

 

		(B)	not make any material variations or amendments
                                            or provide any waivers of the terms or conditions of the Acquisition Agreement, that could
                                            reasonably be expected to affect the interests of the Lenders materially and adversely.

 

		21.13	US Provisions

 

		(A)	The Borrower must not, and will procure
                                            that Bidco does not, use any Loan, directly or indirectly, for any purpose in violation of
                                            the Margin Regulations.

 

		(B)	The Borrower must ensure that, in respect
                                            of Bidco and its ERISA Affiliates, no event or condition exists at any time in relation to
                                            a Plan which is reasonably likely to result in the imposition of a lien or other encumbrance
                                            on any of its assets which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

    	 	65	 

     

    

 

		(C)	The Borrower shall, promptly upon becoming
                                            aware of it, notify the Agent of any Reportable Event or any termination of, or withdrawal
                                            from, or circumstances reasonably likely to result in the termination of or withdrawal from,
                                            any Plan that, in each case, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		22.	Events of Default

 

Each of the events or circumstances
set out in this Clause 22 (Events of Default) is an Event of Default (save for Clause 22.13 (Acceleration)).

 

		22.1	Non-payment

 

The Borrower does not pay on the due
date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

		(A)	its failure to pay is caused by:

 

		(1)	administrative or technical error; or

 

		(2)	a Disruption Event; and

 

		(B)	payment is made within three Business
                                            Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower that payment has not been made on the due
                                            date.

 

		22.2	[Clause Not Used]

 

		22.3	Other obligations

 

		(A)	The Borrower does not comply with any
                                            provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 22.1 (Non-payment)).

 

		(B)	No Event of Default under Clause 22.3(A) above
                                            will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 20 Business
                                            Days of the earlier of:

 

		(1)	the Agent giving notice of the breach
                                            to the Borrower; and

 

		(2)	the Borrower becoming aware of the failure
                                            to comply.

 

		22.4	Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made
or deemed to be made by the Borrower in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under any
Finance Document (including any certificate provided in satisfaction of any condition precedent contained in Schedule 2 (Conditions
Precedent)) is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made, unless the
circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation:

 

		(A)	are capable of remedy; and

 

		(B)	are remedied within 20 Business Days of
                                            the earlier of:

 

		(1)	the Agent giving notice to the Borrower;
                                            and

 

		(2)	the Borrower becoming aware of the misrepresentation.

 

    	 	66	 

     

    

 

		22.5	Cross default

 

		(A)	Any Financial Indebtedness or any indebtedness
                                            for or in respect of any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a Trade Instrument of
                                            any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

		(B)	Any Financial Indebtedness or any indebtedness
                                            for or in respect of any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a Trade Instrument of
                                            any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its
                                            specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

		(C)	Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness
                                            or any indebtedness for or in respect of any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a
                                            Trade Instrument of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any
                                            member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

		(D)	Any creditor of any member of the Group
                                            becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness or any indebtedness for or in respect
                                            of any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a Trade Instrument of any member of the
                                            Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default
                                            (however described).

 

		(E)	No Event of Default will occur under this
                                            Clause 22.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or indebtedness for or in respect
                                            of any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any Trade Instrument or commitment for
                                            Financial Indebtedness or indebtedness for or in respect of any counter-indemnity obligation
                                            in respect of any Trade Instrument falling within Clause 22.5(A) to Clause 22.5(D) above
                                            is less than £20,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in
                                            respect of any one member of the Group or £50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other
                                            currency or currencies) for the Group as a whole.

 

		22.6	Insolvency

 

		(A)	The
                                            Borrower or a Material Subsidiary:

 

		(1)	is, or is deemed for the purposes of
                                            any applicable law to be (including under Section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986 but
                                            as, for this purpose (and any equivalent provisions of applicable law) the figure in Section 123(1)(a) of
                                            the Insolvency Act 1986 was £500,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency)), unable
                                            to pay its debts as they fall due or insolvent;

 

		(2)	admits publicly or in writing its inability
                                            to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

		(3)	suspends making payments on all or any
                                            class of its debts or announces an intention to do so; or

 

		(4)	by reason of actual or anticipated financial
                                            difficulties, begins negotiations with any creditors other than the Lenders (in their capacity
                                            as such) for the rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

		(B)	A moratorium is declared in respect of
                                            all or any class of the indebtedness of the Borrower or Material Subsidiary.

 

If a moratorium occurs in respect of
any member of the Group, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by the moratorium.

 

    	 	67	 

     

    

 

		22.7	Insolvency proceedings

 

		(A)	Except as provided below, any of the following
                                            occurs in relation to the Borrower or a Material Subsidiary:

 

		(1)	a shareholders’ or directors’
                                            resolution is passed, or an order is made for, its winding-up, administration or dissolution
                                            other than for its solvent winding-up, dissolution or liquidation;

 

		(2)	any person presents a petition for, or
                                            files documents with a court or any registrar, requesting its winding-up, administration,
                                            dissolution or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or
                                            otherwise);

 

		(3)	any Security is enforced over any of
                                            its assets having an aggregate value of and in respect of indebtedness aggregating not less
                                            than the amount specified in Clause 22.5(E) (Cross default);

 

		(4)	any liquidator (other than in respect
                                            of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not the Borrower), trustee in
                                            bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator
                                            or similar officer is appointed in respect of it or any of its assets;

 

		(5)	its shareholders (having passed a resolution
                                            to that effect), directors or other officers request the appointment of, or give notice of
                                            their intention to appoint, a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation
                                            of a member of the Group which is not the Borrower), trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian,
                                            compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer;
                                            or

 

		(6)	or any analogous procedure or step is
                                            taken in any jurisdiction.

 

		(B)	Clause 22.7(A) above does not apply
                                            to:

 

		(1)	any step or procedure which is part of
                                            a Permitted Transaction; or

 

		(2)	a petition for winding-up presented by
                                            a creditor which is being contested in good faith and with due diligence and is discharged
                                            or struck out within 28 days and in any event before any creditor other than the petitioning
                                            creditor is able to adopt the relevant petition under applicable law

 

		22.8	Creditors’ process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration,
distress or execution affects any asset or assets of the Borrower or a Material Subsidiary and is not discharged within 21 days.

 

		22.9	United States Bankruptcy Laws

 

Any of the following occurs in respect
of the Borrower or Bidco in each case under U.S. Bankruptcy Law:

 

		(A)	it makes a general assignment for the
                                            benefit of creditors;

 

		(B)	it commences a voluntary case or proceeding
                                            under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law;

 

    	 	68	 

     

    

 

		(C)	an involuntary case under any U.S. Bankruptcy
                                            Law is commenced against it and is not dismissed, vacated, bonded or stayed within 60 days
                                            after commencement of the case; or

 

		(D)	an order for relief or other order approving
                                            any case or proceeding is entered under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

		22.10	Unlawfulness

 

It is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower
to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

		22.11	Repudiation

 

		(A)	The Borrower repudiates a Finance Document
                                            or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

 

		(B)	Any Finance Document is not effective
                                            in accordance with its terms or is alleged by the Borrower to be ineffective in accordance
                                            with its terms for any reason.

 

		22.12	Material adverse change

 

Any event or series of events occurs
which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		22.13	Acceleration

 

		(A)	Subject to Clause 4.2 (Utilisations
                                            during the Certain Funds Period), on and at any time after the occurrence of an Event
                                            of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders,
                                            by notice to the Borrower:

 

		(1)	cancel the Total Commitments whereupon
                                            they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

		(2)	declare that all or part of the Utilisations,
                                            together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance
                                            Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and
                                            payable; and

 

		(3)	declare that all or part of the Utilisations
                                            be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent
                                            on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

		(B)	If an Event of Default described in sub-paragraph
                                            22.9 (U.S. Bankruptcy Laws) occurs with respect to the Borrower or Bidco, the Commitments
                                            of the Borrower will, if not already cancelled under this Agreement, be immediately and automatically
                                            cancelled and all amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents and owing by the Borrower
                                            will be immediately and automatically due and payable, without the requirement of notice
                                            or any other formality.

 

		23.	Changes to the Lenders

 

		23.1	Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 23 (Changes
to the Lenders), a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

 

		(A)	assign any of its rights; or

 

    	 	69	 

     

    

 

		(B)	transfer by novation any of its rights
                                            and obligations,

 

to another bank or financial institution
which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial
assets (the “New Lender”).

 

		23.2	Borrower consent

 

		(A)	The consent of the Borrower is required
                                            for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:

 

		(1)	to another Lender or an Affiliate of
                                            a Lender; or

 

		(2)	made at a time when an Event of Default
                                            is continuing.

 

		(B)	The consent of the Borrower to an assignment
                                            or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Borrower will be deemed to
                                            have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless
                                            consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time.

 

		23.3	Other conditions of assignment or
                                            transfer

 

		(A)	An assignment will only be effective on:

 

		(1)	receipt by the Agent (whether in the
                                            Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and
                                            substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations
                                            to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender;
                                            and

 

		(2)	performance by the Agent of all necessary
                                            “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws
                                            and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the
                                            Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

		(B)	A transfer will only be effective if the
                                            procedure set out in Clause 23.6 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

 

		(C)	If:

 

		(1)	a Lender assigns or transfers any of
                                            its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

		(2)	as a result of circumstances existing
                                            at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to make
                                            a Tax Payment or a payment under Clause 13 (Increased Costs) to the New Lender or
                                            Lender acting through its new Facility Office,

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting
through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive such Tax Payment or payment to the extent that the relevant Tax liability
or Increased Cost would have arisen and the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been entitled
to receive such Tax Payment or payment in respect of such Tax liability or Increased Cost if the assignment, transfer or change had not
occurred.

 

    	 	70	 

     

    

 

This Clause 23.3(C) shall not apply
to in relation to a Tax Payment pursuant to Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) to a Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of
its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with Clause 12.2(G)(3)(b) (Tax gross-up)
if the Borrower making the payment has not complied with its obligations under Clause 12.2(H)(2) (Tax gross-up) to file a
form DTTP2 in respect of that Treaty Lender within 30 days of the date of the relevant assignment or transfer, and the relevant Tax Deduction
would not have arisen if the Borrower had so complied with its obligations under Clause 12.2(H)(2) (Tax gross-up).

 

		(D)	Each New Lender, by executing the relevant
                                            Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that
                                            the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved
                                            by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or
                                            prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with
                                            this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender
                                            would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

		23.4	Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon
which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $4,000.

 

		23.5	Limitation of responsibility of Existing
                                            Lenders

 

		(A)	Unless expressly agreed to the contrary,
                                            an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a
                                            New Lender for:

 

		(1)	the legality, validity, effectiveness,
                                            adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

		(2)	the financial condition of the Borrower;

 

		(3)	the performance and observance by the
                                            Borrower of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

		(4)	the accuracy of any statements (whether
                                            written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties
implied by law are excluded.

 

		(B)	Each New Lender confirms to the Existing
                                            Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

		(1)	has made (and shall continue to make)
                                            its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of
                                            the Borrower and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement
                                            and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in
                                            connection with any Finance Document; and

 

    	 	71	 

     

    

 

 

		(2)	will continue to make its own independent
                                            appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its related entities whilst any amount
                                            is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

		(C)	Nothing in any Finance Document obliges
                                            an Existing Lender to:

 

		(1)	accept a re-transfer or re-assignment
                                            from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this
                                            Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders); or

 

		(2)	support any losses directly or indirectly
                                            incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by the Borrower of its obligations
                                            under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

		23.6	Procedure for transfer

 

		(A)	Subject to the conditions set out in Clause
                                            23.2 (Borrower consent) and 23.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer),
                                            a transfer is effected in accordance with Clause 23.6(C) below when the Agent executes
                                            an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and
                                            the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to Clause 23.6(B) below, as soon as reasonably
                                            practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its
                                            face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms
                                            of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

		(B)	The Agent shall only be obliged to execute
                                            a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it
                                            is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other
                                            similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such
                                            New Lender.

 

		(C)	Subject to Clause 23.10 (Pro rata interest
                                            settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

		(1)	to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate
                                            the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance
                                            Documents each of the Borrower and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations
                                            towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another
                                            under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and
                                            Obligations”);

 

		(2)	each of the Borrower and the New Lender
                                            shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which
                                            differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the Borrower and the New
                                            Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Borrower and the Existing Lender;

 

		(3)	the Agent, each of the Arrangers, the
                                            New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations
                                            between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original
                                            Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer
                                            and to that extent the Agent, each of the Arrangers, and the Existing Lender shall each be
                                            released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

		(4)	the New Lender shall become a Party as
                                            a “Lender”.

 

    72

     

    

 

		23.7	Procedure for assignment

 

		(A)	Subject to the conditions set out in Clause
                                            23.2 (Borrower consent) and 23.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer),
                                            an assignment may be effected in accordance with Clause 23.7(C) below when the Agent
                                            executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing
                                            Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to Clause 23.7(B) below, as soon
                                            as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing
                                            on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the
                                            terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

		(B)	The Agent shall only be obliged to execute
                                            an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it
                                            is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other
                                            similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to
                                            such New Lender.

 

		(C)	Subject to Clause 23.10 (Pro rata interest
                                            settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

		(1)	the Existing Lender will assign absolutely
                                            to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject of the
                                            assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

		(2)	the Existing Lender will be released
                                            by the Borrower and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the “Relevant
                                            Obligations”) and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment
                                            Agreement; and

 

		(3)	the New Lender shall become a Party as
                                            a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant
                                            Obligations.

 

		(D)	Lenders may utilise procedures other than
                                            those set out in this Clause 23.7 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but
                                            not, without the consent of the Borrower or unless in accordance with Clause 23.6 (Procedure
                                            for transfer), to obtain a release by the Borrower from the obligations owed to it by
                                            the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they
                                            comply with the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 (Borrower consent) and 23.3 (Other
                                            conditions of assignment or transfer).

 

		23.8	Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment
                                            Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the Borrower

 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably
practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or an Increase Confirmation, send to the Borrower a
copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

		23.9	Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided
to Lenders under this Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the
Borrower, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of
its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

		(A)	any charge, assignment or other Security
                                            to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

    73

     

    

 

		(B)	in the case of any Lender which is a fund,
                                            any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives
                                            of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those
                                            obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment
or Security shall:

 

		(1)	release a Lender from any of its obligations
                                            under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment
                                            or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

		(2)	require any payments to be made by the
                                            Borrower other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than,
                                            those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

		23.10	Pro rata interest settlement

 

		(A)	If the Agent has notified the Lenders
                                            that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing
                                            Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 23.6 (Procedure
                                            for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 23.7 (Procedure for assignment)
                                            the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not
                                            on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

		(1)	any interest or fees in respect of the
                                            relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall
                                            continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date
                                            (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender
                                            (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period;
                                            and

 

		(2)	the rights assigned or transferred by
                                            the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance
                                            of doubt:

 

		(a)	when the Accrued Amounts become payable,
                                            those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

		(b)	the amount payable to the New Lender
                                            on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 23.10,
                                            have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

		(B)	In this Clause 23.10 references to “Interest
                                            Period” shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual
                                            of fees.

 

		(C)	An Existing Lender which retains the right
                                            to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 23.10 but which does not have a Commitment
                                            shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement
                                            of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent,
                                            waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

		24.	Changes to the Borrower

 

		24.1	Assignment and transfers by the Borrower

 

The Borrower may not assign any of
its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

    74

     

    

 

		24.2	[Clause not used]

 

		25.	Conduct of Business by the Finance
                                            Parties

 

		25.1	No provision of this Agreement will:

 

		(A)	interfere with the right of any Finance
                                            Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

		(B)	oblige any Finance Party to investigate
                                            or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order
                                            and manner of any claim; or

 

		(C)	oblige any Finance Party to disclose any
                                            information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of
                                            Tax.

 

		26.	Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

		26.1	Payments to Finance Parties

 

If a Finance Party (a “Recovering
Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from the Borrower other than in accordance with Clause 27 (Payment Mechanics)
(a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

		(A)	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within
                                            three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

 

		(B)	the Agent shall determine whether the
                                            receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been
                                            paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance
                                            with Clause 27 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would
                                            be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

		(C)	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within
                                            three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing
                                            Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines
                                            may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in
                                            accordance with Clause 27.6 (Partial payments).

 

		26.2	Redistribution of payments

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment
as if it had been paid by the Borrower and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing
Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 27.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of the Borrower to the Sharing
Finance Parties.

 

		26.3	Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Agent under
Clause 26.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from the Borrower, as between the
Borrower and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having
been paid by the Borrower.

 

    75

     

    

 

		26.4	Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment
received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

		(A)	each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon
                                            request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an
                                            amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an
                                            amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any
                                            interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the
                                            “Redistributed Amount”); and

 

		(B)	as between the Borrower and each relevant
                                            Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated
                                            as not having been paid by the Borrower.

 

		26.5	Exceptions

 

		(A)	This Clause 26 (Sharing among the Finance
                                            Parties) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after
                                            making any payment pursuant to this Clause 26.5, have a valid and enforceable claim against
                                            the Borrower.

 

		(B)	A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged
                                            to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received
                                            or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

		(1)	it notified that other Finance Party
                                            of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

		(2)	that other Finance Party had an opportunity
                                            to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably
                                            practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

		27.	Payment Mechanics

 

		27.1	Payments to the Agent

 

		(A)	On each date on which the Borrower or
                                            a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, the Borrower or Lender shall
                                            make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document)
                                            for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary
                                            at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

		(B)	Payment shall be made to such account
                                            in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency and with such bank as the
                                            Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

		27.2	Distributions by the Agent

 

Each payment received by the Agent
under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 27.3 (Distributions to the Borrower) and Clause 27.4 (Clawback
and pre-funding) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in
accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify
to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre
of the country of that currency.

 

    76

     

    

 

		27.3	Distributions to the Borrower

 

The Agent may (with the consent of
the Borrower or in accordance with Clause 28 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for the Borrower in or towards payment
(on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents or in or towards
purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

		27.4	Clawback and pre-funding

 

		(A)	Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent
                                            under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to
                                            that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has
                                            been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

		(B)	Unless Clause 27.4(C) below applies,
                                            if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent
                                            had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds
                                            of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to
                                            the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt
                                            by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

		(C)	If the Agent is willing to make available
                                            amounts for the account of the Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and
                                            to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive
                                            funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrower:

 

		(1)	the Agent shall notify the Borrower of
                                            that Lender’s identity and the Borrower to whom that sum was made available shall on
                                            demand refund it to the Agent; and

 

		(2)	the Lender by whom those funds should
                                            have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower to whom that sum
                                            was made available, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent)
                                            which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying
                                            out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

		27.5	Impaired Agent

 

		(A)	If,
                                            at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, the Borrower or a Lender which is required
                                            to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause
                                            ‎27.1 (Payments
                                            to the Agent) may instead either:

 

		(1)	pay that amount direct to the required
                                            recipient(s); or

 

		(2)	if in its absolute discretion it considers
                                            that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s),
                                            pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with
                                            an Acceptable Bank within the meaning of paragraph (A) of the definition of “Acceptable
                                            Bank” and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,
                                            in the name of the Borrower or the Lender making the payment (the “Paying Party”)
                                            and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled
                                            to that payment under the Finance Documents (the “Recipient Party” or
                                            “Recipient Parties”).

 

    77

     

    

 

In each case such payments must be made
on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

		(B)	All interest accrued on the amount standing
                                            to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the
                                            Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

		(C)	A
                                            Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 27.5 ‎shall
                                            be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not
                                            take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

		(D)	Promptly
                                            upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 34.12 (Resignation
                                            of the Agent), each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has
                                            given an instruction pursuant to Clause 27.5(E) below) give all requisite instructions
                                            to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together
                                            with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient
                                            Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause ‎27.2
                                            (Distributions by the Agent).

 

		(E)	A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request
                                            by a Recipient Party and to the extent:

 

		(1)	that it has not given an instruction
                                            pursuant to Clause 27.5(D) above; and

 

		(2)	that it has been provided with the necessary
                                            information by that Recipient Party,

 

give all requisite instructions to the
bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

		27.6	Partial payments

 

		(A)	If the Agent receives a payment that is
                                            insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Borrower under the
                                            Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of the Borrower
                                            under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

		(1)	first, in or towards payment pro rata
                                            of any unpaid amount owing to the Agent under the Finance Documents;

 

		(2)	secondly, in or towards payment pro rata
                                            of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

		(3)	thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata
                                            of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

		(4)	fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata
                                            of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

		(B)	The Agent shall, if so directed by the
                                            Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in Clause 27.6(A)(2) to Clause 27.6(A)(4) above.

 

    78

     

    

 

		(C)	Clause 27.6(A) and Clause 27.6(B) above
                                            will override any appropriation made by the Borrower.

 

		27.7	No set-off by the Borrower

 

All payments to be made by the Borrower
under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

		27.8	Business Days

 

		(A)	Any payment under the Finance Documents
                                            which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business
                                            Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there
                                            is not).

 

		(B)	During any extension of the due date for
                                            payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal
                                            or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

		27.9	Currency of account

 

		(A)	Subject to Clauses 27.9(B) and 27.9(C) below,
                                            dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from the Borrower under any
                                            Finance Document.

 

		(B)	Each payment in respect of costs, expenses
                                            or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

		(C)	Any amount expressed to be payable in
                                            a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

		27.10	Change of currency

 

		(A)	Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if
                                            more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank
                                            of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

		(1)	any reference in the Finance Documents
                                            to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country
                                            shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated
                                            by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and

 

		(2)	any translation from one currency or
                                            currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central
                                            bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down
                                            by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

		(B)	If a change in any currency of a country
                                            occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation
                                            with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted
                                            conventions and market practice in the Relevant Market and otherwise to reflect the change
                                            in currency.

 

    79

     

    

 

		27.11	Disruption to payment systems etc.

 

If either the Agent determines (in
its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

		(A)	the Agent may, and shall if requested
                                            to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower
                                            such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary
                                            in the circumstances;

 

		(B)	the Agent shall not be obliged to consult
                                            with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 27.11(A) above if,
                                            in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall
                                            have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

		(C)	the Agent may consult with the Finance
                                            Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 27.11(A) above but shall not
                                            be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

		(D)	any such changes agreed upon by the Agent
                                            and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has
                                            occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver
                                            of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 33 (Amendments
                                            and Waivers);

 

		(E)	the Agent shall not be liable for any
                                            damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever
                                            (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of
                                            liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising
                                            as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with
                                            this Clause 27.11; and

 

		(F)	the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties
                                            of all changes agreed pursuant to Clause 27.11(D) above.

 

		28.	Set-Off

 

While an Event of Default is continuing,
a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned
by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment,
booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either
obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

		29.	Notices

 

		29.1	Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under
or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by email or letter.

 

		29.2	Addresses

 

The address and email address (and
the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document
to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

		(A)	in the case of the Borrower, that identified
                                            with its name in its signature to this Agreement;

 

    80

     

    

 

		(B)	in the case of each Lender, that notified
                                            in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

		(C)	in the case of the Agent, that identified
                                            with its name in its signature to this Agreement,

 

or any substitute address or email
address or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made
by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

		29.3	Delivery

 

		(A)	Any communication or document made or
                                            delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will
                                            only be effective, if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or
                                            five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed
                                            to it at that address, and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of
                                            its address details provided under Clause 29.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department
                                            or officer.

 

		(B)	Any communication or document to be made
                                            or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and
                                            then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified
                                            with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent
                                            shall specify for this purpose).

 

		(C)	All notices from or to the Borrower shall
                                            be sent through the Agent.

 

		(D)	Any communication or document made or
                                            delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause 29.3 will be deemed to have been
                                            made or delivered to the Borrower.

 

		(E)	Any communication or document which becomes
                                            effective, in accordance with Clause 29.3(A) to Clause 29.3(D) above, after 5.00
                                            p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following
                                            day.

 

		29.4	Notification of address and email
                                            address

 

Promptly upon changing its address
or email address, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

		29.5	Communication when Agent is an Impaired
                                            Agent

 

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the
Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is
an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by
the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision
shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

    81

     

    

 

		29.6	Electronic communication

 

		(A)	Any communication to be made between any
                                            two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail
                                            or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website)
                                            if those two Parties:

 

		(1)	notify each other in writing of their
                                            electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission
                                            of information by that means; and

 

		(2)	notify each other of any change to their
                                            address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’
                                            notice.

 

		(B)	Any such electronic communication as specified
                                            in Clause 29.6(A) above to be made between the Borrower and a Finance Party may only
                                            be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified
                                            to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.

 

		(C)	Any such electronic communication as specified
                                            in Clause 29.6(A) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually
                                            received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication
                                            made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall
                                            specify for this purpose.

 

		(D)	Any electronic communication which becomes
                                            effective, in accordance with Clause 29.6(C) above, after 5:00 p.m. in the place
                                            in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address
                                            for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following
                                            day.

 

		(E)	Any reference in a Finance Document to
                                            a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being
                                            made available in accordance with this Clause 29.6.

 

		29.7	English language

 

		(A)	Any notice given under or in connection
                                            with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

		(B)	All other documents provided under or
                                            in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

		(1)	in English; or

 

		(2)	if not in English, and if so required
                                            by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English
                                            translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official
                                            document.

 

		30.	Calculations and Certificates

 

		30.1	Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings
arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima
facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

		30.2	Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination
by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters
to which it relates.

 

    82

     

    

 

		30.3	Day count convention and interest
                                            calculation

 

		(A)	Any interest, commission or fee accruing
                                            under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and the amount of any such interest,
                                            commission or fee is calculated:

 

		(1)	on the basis of the actual number of
                                            days elapsed and a year of 360 days (or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Market
                                            differs, in accordance with that market practice); and

 

		(2)	subject to Clause 30.3(B) below,
                                            without rounding.

 

		(B)	The aggregate amount of any accrued interest,
                                            commission or fee which is, or becomes, payable by the Borrower under a Finance Document
                                            shall be rounded to two decimal places.

 

		31.	Partial Invalidity

 

If, at any time, any provision of a
Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality,
validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of
any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

		32.	Remedies and Waivers

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay
in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right
or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of
any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any
further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

		33.	Amendments and Waivers

 

		33.1	Required consents

 

		(A)	Subject to Clause 33.2 (All Lender
                                            matters) and Clause 33.3 (Other exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents
                                            may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and
                                            any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

		(B)	The Agent may effect, on behalf of any
                                            Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 33 (Amendments and Waivers).

 

		(C)	Clause 23.10(C) (Pro rata interest
                                            settlement) shall apply to this Clause 33.

 

		33.2	All Lender matters

 

Subject to Clause 33.4 (Changes
to reference rates) an amendment, waiver or consent of, or in relation to, any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of
changing or which relates to:

 

		(A)	the definition of “Majority Lenders”
                                            in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

    83

     

    

 

		(B)	an extension to the date of payment of
                                            any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

		(C)	a reduction in the Margin or a reduction
                                            in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

		(D)	an increase in any Commitment (other than
                                            pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Increase)), an extension of any Availability Period or any
                                            requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably
                                            under the relevant Facility;

 

		(E)	a change to the Borrower other than in
                                            accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Borrower);

 

		(F)	any provision which expressly requires
                                            the consent of all the Lenders; or

 

		(G)	Clause 2.3 (Finance Parties’
                                            rights and obligations), Clause 7.2 (Change of control), Clause 7.10 (Application
                                            of prepayments), Clause 18.14 (Sanctions), Clause 21.11 (Sanctions), Clause
                                            23 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 26 (Sharing among the Finance Parties),
                                            this Clause 33 (Amendments and Waivers), Clause 38 (Governing Law) or Clause
                                            39 (Jurisdiction),

 

shall not be made without the prior
consent of:

 

		(1)	in respect of any matter which relates
                                            to a Facility, all Lenders under that Facility; and

 

		(2)	in respect of any other matter, all the
                                            Lenders.

 

		33.3	Other exceptions

 

An amendment or waiver which relates
to the rights or obligations of the Agent or each of the Arrangers (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent
of the Agent or each of the Arrangers, as the case may be.

 

		33.4	Changes to reference rates

 

		(A)	Subject to Clause 33.3 (Other exceptions),
                                            if a RFR Replacement Event has occurred, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

		(1)	providing for the use of a Replacement
                                            Reference Rate in place of the RFR; and

 

		(2)	

 

		(a)	aligning any provision of any Finance
                                            Document to the use of that Replacement Reference Rate;

 

		(b)	enabling that Replacement Reference
                                            Rate to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without
                                            limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Reference Rate
                                            to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

		(c)	implementing market conventions applicable
                                            to that Replacement Reference Rate;

 

    84

     

    

 

		(d)	providing for appropriate fallback
                                            (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Reference Rate; or

 

		(e)	adjusting the pricing to reduce or
                                            eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one
                                            Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Reference Rate (and if
                                            any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated
                                            or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the
                                            basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

 

may be made with the consent of the Agent
(acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrower.

 

		(B)	An amendment or waiver that relates to,
                                            or has the effect of, aligning the means of calculation of interest on a Loan under this
                                            Agreement to any recommendation of a Relevant Nominating Body which:

 

		(1)	relates to the use of the RFR on a compounded
                                            basis in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets; and

 

		(2)	is issued on or after the date of this
                                            Agreement,

 

may be made with the consent of the Agent
(acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrower.

 

		(C)	If any Lender fails to respond to a request
                                            for an amendment or waiver described in Clauses 33.4(A) or 33.4(B) above within
                                            10 Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Borrower
                                            and the Agent may agree) of that request being made:

 

		(1)	its Commitment(s) shall not be included
                                            for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies when
                                            ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve
                                            that request; and

 

		(2)	its status as a Lender shall be disregarded
                                            for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has
                                            been obtained to approve that request.

 

		(D)	In this Clause 33.4:

 

“RFR Replacement Event”
means:

 

		(A)	the methodology, formula or other means
                                            of determining the RFR has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, materially
                                            changed;

 

		(B)	

 

		(1)	

 

		(a)	the administrator of the RFR or its
                                            supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

 

    85

     

    

 

		(b)	information is published in any order,
                                            decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal,
                                            exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which
                                            reasonably confirms that the administrator of the RFR is insolvent,

 

provided that, in each case, at that
time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide the RFR;

 

		(2)	the administrator of the RFR publicly
                                            announces that it has ceased or will cease to provide the RFR permanently or indefinitely
                                            and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide the RFR;

 

		(3)	the supervisor of the administrator of
                                            the RFR publicly announces that the RFR has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued;
                                            or

 

		(4)	the administrator of the RFR or its supervisor
                                            announces that the RFR may no longer be used;

 

		(C)	the administrator of the RFR determines
                                            that the RFR should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency
                                            or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

 

		(1)	the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading
                                            to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower) temporary;
                                            or

 

		(2)	the RFR is calculated in accordance with
                                            any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than the period specified as the “RFR
                                            Contingency Period” in the Reference Rate Terms; or

 

		(D)	in the opinion of the Majority Lenders
                                            and the Borrower, the RFR is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating
                                            interest under this Agreement.

 

“Relevant
Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or
any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

 

“Replacement
Reference Rate” means a reference rate which is:

 

		(A)	formally designated, nominated or recommended
                                            as the replacement for the RFR by:

 

		(1)	the administrator of the RFR (provided
                                            that the market or economic reality that such reference rate measures is the same as that
                                            measured by the RFR); or

 

		(2)	any Relevant Nominating Body,

 

and if replacements have, at the
relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Reference Rate”
will be the replacement under paragraph (2) above;

 

		(B)	in the opinion of the Majority Lenders
                                            and the Borrower, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated
                                            loan markets as the appropriate successor to the RFR ; or

 

    86

     

    

 

		(C)	in the opinion of the Majority Lenders
                                            and the Borrower, an appropriate successor to the RFR .

 

		33.5	Excluded Commitments

 

If:

 

		(A)	any Defaulting Lender fails to respond
                                            to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance
                                            Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within five Business
                                            Days of that request being made; or

 

		(B)	any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender
                                            fails to respond to such a request (other than an amendment, waiver or consent referred to
                                            in Clause 33.2(C), Clause 33.2(E) or Clause 33.2(F) (All Lender matters))
                                            or such a vote within ten Business Days of that request being made,

 

(unless, in either case, the Borrower
and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request):

 

		(1)	its Commitment shall not be included
                                            for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant
                                            percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been
                                            obtained to approve that request; and

 

		(2)	its status as a Lender shall be disregarded
                                            for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has
                                            been obtained to approve that request.

 

		33.6	Replacement of Lender

 

		(A)	If:

 

		(1)	any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender
                                            (as defined in Clause 33.6(D) below); or

 

		(2)	the
                                            Borrower becomes obliged to
                                            repay any amount in accordance with Clause ‎7.1
                                            (Illegality) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause ‎13.1
                                            (Increased Costs), Clause ‎12.2
                                            (Tax gross-up) or Clause ‎12.3
                                            (Tax indemnity) to any Lender,

 

then the
Borrower may, on five Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender
to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not
part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other
entity (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Borrower, which confirms its willingness to assume and does
assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause ‎23 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase
price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation
in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.10
(Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

    87

     

    

 

		(B)	The
                                            replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause ‎33.6
                                            shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

		(1)	the Borrower shall have no right to replace
                                            the Agent;

 

		(2)	neither the Agent nor the Lender shall
                                            have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

		(3)	in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting
                                            Lender such replacement must take place no later than five Business Days after the date on
                                            which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;

 

		(4)	in
                                            no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause ‎33.6
                                            be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such
                                            Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

		(5)	the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer
                                            its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 33.6(A) above once it is satisfied that
                                            it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar
                                            checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

		(C)	A Lender shall perform the checks described
                                            in Clause 33.6(B)(5) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a
                                            notice referred to in Clause 33.6(A) above and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower
                                            when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

		(D)	In the event that:

 

		(1)	the Borrower or the Agent (at the request
                                            of the Borrower) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree
                                            to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

		(2)	the consent, waiver or amendment in question
                                            requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

		(3)	Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more
                                            than 75 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced
                                            to zero, aggregated more than 75 per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction),
                                            have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

 

then any Lender who does not and continues
not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender”.

 

		33.7	Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

		(A)	For so long as a Defaulting Lender has
                                            any Available Commitment, in ascertaining:

 

		(1)	the Majority Lenders; or

 

		(2)	whether:

 

		(a)	any given percentage (including, for
                                            the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies; or

 

		(b)	the agreement of any specified group
                                            of Lenders,

 

    88

     

    

 

has been obtained to approve any
request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents,

 

that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments
under the relevant Facility/ies will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies and, to the
extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed
not to be a Lender for the purposes of Clause 33.7(A)(1) and Clause 33.7(A)(2) above.

 

		(B)	For
                                            the purposes of this Clause ‎33.7,
                                            the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

		(1)	any Lender which has notified the Agent
                                            that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

		(2)	any Lender in relation to which it is
                                            aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (A), (B) or
                                            (C) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

 

unless it has received notice to the
contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise
aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

		33.8	Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

		(A)	The Borrower may, at any time a Lender
                                            has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving five Business Days’ prior
                                            written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

		(1)	replace such Lender by requiring such
                                            Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause
                                            23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations
                                            under this Agreement;

 

		(2)	require such Lender to (and, to the extent
                                            permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders)
                                            all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender; or

 

		(3)	require such Lender to (and, to the extent
                                            permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders)
                                            all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Facilities,

 

to a Lender or other bank, financial
institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness
to assume and does assume all the obligations, or all the relevant obligations, of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause
23 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

		(a)	in
                                            an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation
                                            in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has
                                            not given a notification
                                            under Clause ‎23.10 (Pro
                                            rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto
                                            under the Finance Documents; or

 

    89

     

    

 

		(b)	in an amount agreed between that Defaulting
                                            Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Borrower and which does not exceed the amount described
                                            in paragraph (a) above.

 

		(B)	Any
                                            transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause ‎33.8
                                            shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

		(1)	the Borrower shall have no right to replace
                                            the Agent;

 

		(2)	neither the Agent nor the Defaulting
                                            Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

		(3)	the transfer must take place no later
                                            than five Business Days after the notice referred to in Clause 33.8(A) above;

 

		(4)	in no event shall the Defaulting Lender
                                            be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the
                                            Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

		(5)	the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged
                                            to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 33.8(A) above once it is satisfied
                                            that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other
                                            similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to
                                            the Replacement Lender.

 

		(C)	The Defaulting Lender shall perform the
                                            checks described in Clause 33.8(B)(5) above as soon as reasonably practicable following
                                            delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 33.8(A) above and shall notify the Agent
                                            and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

		33.9	Contractual recognition of bail-in

 

Notwithstanding any other term of any
Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any
liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant
Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

		(A)	any Bail-In Action in relation to any
                                            such liability, including (without limitation):

 

		(1)	a reduction, in full or in part, in the
                                            principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in
                                            respect of any such liability;

 

		(2)	a conversion of all, or part of, any
                                            such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred
                                            on, it; and

 

		(3)	a cancellation of any such liability;
                                            and

 

		(B)	a variation of any term of any Finance
                                            Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any
                                            such liability.

 

    90

     

    

 

		34.	Role of the Agent and the Arrangers

 

		34.1	Appointment of the Agent

 

		(A)	Each of the Arrangers and the Lenders
                                            appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

		(B)	Each of the Arrangers and the Lenders
                                            authorise the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise
                                            the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or
                                            in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers,
                                            authorities and discretions.

 

		34.2	Instructions

 

		(A)	The Agent shall:

 

		(1)	unless a contrary indication appears
                                            in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or
                                            discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

		(a)	all Lenders if the relevant Finance
                                            Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

		(b)	in all other cases, the Majority Lenders;
                                            and

 

		(2)	not be liable for any act (or omission)
                                            if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with Clause 34.2(A)(1) above.

 

		(B)	The Agent shall be entitled to request
                                            instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the
                                            relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group
                                            of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should
                                            exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion. The Agent
                                            may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification
                                            that it has requested.

 

		(C)	Save in the case of decisions stipulated
                                            to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document
                                            and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to
                                            the Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any
                                            other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

		(D)	The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance
                                            with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received any indemnification
                                            and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than
                                            that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any
                                            cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

		(E)	In the absence of instructions, the Agent
                                            may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

		(F)	The Agent is not authorised to act on
                                            behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or
                                            arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

    91

     

    

 

 

		34.3	Duties of the Agent

 

		(A)	The Agent’s duties under the Finance
                                            Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

		(B)	Subject to Clause 34.3(C) below,
                                            the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which
                                            is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

		(C)	Without prejudice to Clause 23.8 (Copy
                                            of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the Borrower),
                                            Clause 34.3(B) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment
                                            Agreement or any Increase Confirmation.

 

		(D)	Except where a Finance Document specifically
                                            provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or
                                            completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

		(E)	If the Agent receives notice from a Party
                                            referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described
                                            is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

		(F)	If the Agent is aware of the non-payment
                                            of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other
                                            than the Agent or any of the Arrangers) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the
                                            other Finance Parties.

 

		(G)	The Agent shall have only those duties,
                                            obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it
                                            is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

		34.4	Role of the Arrangers

 

Except as specifically provided in
the Finance Documents, none of the Arrangers have any obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance
Document.

 

		34.5	No fiduciary duties

 

		(A)	Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes
                                            the Agent or any of the Arrangers as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

		(B)	Neither the Agent, nor any of the Arrangers
                                            shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received
                                            by it for its own account.

 

		34.6	Business with the Group

 

The Agent and each of the Arrangers
may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

		34.7	Rights and discretions

 

		(A)	The Agent may:

 

		(1)	rely on any representation, communication,
                                            notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

    92

     

    

 

		(2)	assume that:

 

		(a)	any instructions received by it from
                                            the Majority Lenders, any Lender or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with
                                            the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

		(b)	unless it has received notice of revocation,
                                            that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

		(3)	rely on a certificate from any person:

 

		(a)	as to any matter of fact or circumstance
                                            which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

		(b)	to the effect that such person approves
                                            of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

as sufficient evidence that that
is the case and, in the case of Clause 34.7(A)(3)(a) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

		(B)	The Agent may assume (unless it has received
                                            notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

		(1)	no Default has occurred (unless it has
                                            actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 22.1 (Non-payment));

 

		(2)	any right, power, authority or discretion
                                            vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

		(3)	any notice or request made by the Borrower
                                            (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge
                                            of the Borrower.

 

		(C)	The Agent may engage and pay for the advice
                                            or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers
                                            or experts.

 

		(D)	Without prejudice to the generality of
                                            Clause 34.7(C) above or 34.7(E) below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay
                                            for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate
                                            from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems
                                            this to be necessary.

 

		(E)	The Agent may rely on the advice or services
                                            of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts
                                            (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages,
                                            costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising
                                            as a result of its so relying.

 

		(F)	The Agent may act in relation to the Finance
                                            Documents through its officers, employees and agents.

 

		(G)	Unless a Finance Document expressly provides
                                            otherwise the Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes
                                            it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

		(H)	Without prejudice to the generality of
                                            Clause 34.7(G) above, the Agent:

 

		(1)	may disclose; and

 

    93

     

    

 

		(2)	on the written request of the Borrower
                                            or the Majority Lenders shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, disclose,

 

the identity of a Defaulting Lender
to the Borrower and to the other Finance Parties.

 

		(I)	Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                            any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any of the Arrangers are not
                                            obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute
                                            a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

		(J)	Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance
                                            Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise
                                            incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities
                                            or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing
                                            the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or
                                            liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

		34.8	Responsibility for documentation

 

None of the Agent or any of the Arrangers
is responsible or liable for:

 

		(A)	the adequacy, accuracy or completeness
                                            of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, any of the Arrangers,
                                            the Borrower or any other person in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions
                                            contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered
                                            into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

		(B)	the legality, validity, effectiveness,
                                            adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or
                                            document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any
                                            Finance Document; or

 

		(C)	any determination as to whether any information
                                            provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which
                                            may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing
                                            or otherwise.

 

		34.9	No duty to monitor

 

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

		(A)	whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

		(B)	as to the performance, default or any
                                            breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

		(C)	whether any other event specified in any
                                            Finance Document has occurred.

 

		34.10	Exclusion of liability

 

		(A)	Without limiting Clause 34.10(B) below
                                            (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting
                                            the liability of the Agent), the Agent will not be liable for:

 

		(1)	any damages, costs or losses to any person,
                                            any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not
                                            taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused
                                            by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

    94

     

    

 

		(2)	exercising, or not exercising, any right,
                                            power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document
                                            or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation
                                            of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document, other than by reason of its gross
                                            negligence or wilful misconduct; or

 

		(3)	without prejudice to the generality of
                                            Clause 34.10(A)(1) and Clause 34.10(A)(2) below, any damages, costs or losses to
                                            any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation,
                                            for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim
                                            based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of:

 

		(a)	any act, event or circumstance not reasonably
                                            within its control; or

 

		(b)	the general risks of investment in, or
                                            the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

including (in each case and without
limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other
governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or
settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party
transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution;
or strikes or industrial action.

 

		(B)	No Party (other than the Agent) may take
                                            any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim
                                            it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that
                                            officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee
                                            or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause 34.10 subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party
                                            rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

		(C)	The Agent will not be liable for any delay
                                            (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance
                                            Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably
                                            practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing
                                            or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

		(D)	Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige
                                            the Agent or any of the Arrangers to carry out:

 

		(1)	any “know your customer”
                                            or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

		(2)	any check on the extent to which any
                                            transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,

 

on behalf of any Lender and each
Lender confirms to the Agent and each of the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out
and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or an Arranger.

 

    95

     

    

 

		(E)	Without prejudice to any provision of
                                            any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of
                                            the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be limited to the
                                            amount of actual loss which has been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of
                                            default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such
                                            default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent
                                            at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable
                                            for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving,
                                            or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has
                                            been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

		34.11	Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to
its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior
to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including,
without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of
the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 27.11 (Disruption
to payment systems etc.), notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever
but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been
reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

		34.12	Resignation of the Agent

 

		(A)	The Agent may resign and appoint one of
                                            its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Borrower.

 

		(B)	Alternatively the Agent may resign by
                                            giving 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower, in which case the Majority
                                            Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

		(C)	If the Majority Lenders have not appointed
                                            a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 34.12(B) above within 30 days after notice
                                            of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint
                                            a successor Agent.

 

		(D)	If the Agent wishes to resign because
                                            (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as
                                            Agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under Clause 34.12(C) above,
                                            the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order
                                            to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree
                                            with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 34 (Role of the Agent and
                                            the Arrangers) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations
                                            of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection
                                            of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under
                                            this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and
                                            those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

		(E)	The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost
                                            if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to
                                            the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor
                                            Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under
                                            the Finance Documents.

 

    96

     

    

 

		(F)	The Agent’s resignation notice shall
                                            only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

		(G)	Upon the appointment of a successor, the
                                            retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance
                                            Documents (other than its obligations under Clause 34.12(E) above) but shall remain
                                            entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 34
                                            (Role of the Agent and the Arrangers) (and any agency fees for the account of the
                                            retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor
                                            and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves
                                            as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

		(H)	After consultation with the Borrower,
                                            the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired
                                            Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders), require it to resign
                                            in accordance with Clause 34.12(B) above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance
                                            with Clause 34.12(B) above.

 

		(I)	The Agent shall resign in accordance with
                                            Clause 34.12(B) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours
                                            to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to Clause 34.12(B) above) if on or after the date
                                            which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment
                                            to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

		(1)	the Agent fails to respond to a request
                                            under Clause 12.8 (FATCA Information) and the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes
                                            that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that
                                            FATCA Application Date;

 

		(2)	the information supplied by the Agent
                                            pursuant to Clause 12.8 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or
                                            will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

		(3)	the Agent notifies the Borrower and the
                                            Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or
                                            after that FATCA Application Date;

 

and (in each case) the Borrower or
a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA
Exempt Party, and the Borrower or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

		(J)	Any successor Agent and each of the other
                                            Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have
                                            had if such successor had been a party to the Agreement on the date of the Agreement.

 

		34.13	Confidentiality

 

		(A)	In acting as agent for the Finance Parties,
                                            the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated
                                            as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

		(B)	If information is received by another
                                            division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or
                                            department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

    97

     

    

 

		34.14	Relationship with the Lenders

 

		(A)	Subject to Clause 23.10 (Pro rata interest
                                            settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening
                                            of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance
                                            Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

		(1)	entitled to or liable for any payment
                                            due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

		(2)	entitled to receive and act upon any
                                            notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any
                                            Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than
five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

		(B)	Any Lender may by notice to the Agent
                                            appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents
                                            to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain
                                            the address and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted
                                            under Clause 29.5 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other
                                            information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each
                                            case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made)
                                            and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, electronic mail address (or such
                                            other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 29.2
                                            (Addresses) and Clause 29.6(A)(2) (Electronic communication) and the Agent
                                            shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices,
                                            communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

		34.15	Agent’s management time

 

If the Agent requires, any amount payable
to the Agent by any Party under any indemnity or in respect of any costs or expenses incurred by the Agent under the Finance Documents
after the date of this Agreement may include the cost of using its management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis
of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the relevant Party. This is in addition to any amount in respect
of fees or expenses paid or payable to the Agent under any terms of the Finance Documents.

 

		34.16	Credit appraisal by the Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility
of the Borrower for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the
Agent and each of the Arrangers that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal
and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

		(A)	the financial condition, status and nature
                                            of each member of the Group;

 

		(B)	the legality, validity, effectiveness,
                                            adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or
                                            document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any
                                            Finance Document;

 

    98

     

    

 

		(C)	whether that Lender has recourse, and
                                            the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets
                                            under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance
                                            Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed
                                            in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

		(D)	the adequacy, accuracy or completeness
                                            of any other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or
                                            in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document
                                            or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation
                                            of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

		34.17	Amounts paid in error

 

		(A)	If the Agent pays an amount to another
                                            Party and the Agent notifies that Party that such payment was an Erroneous Payment then the
                                            Party to whom that amount was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent
                                            together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by
                                            the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

		(B)	Neither:

 

		(1)	the obligations of any Party to the Agent;
                                            nor

 

		(2)	the remedies of the Agent,

 

(whether arising under this Clause 34.17
or otherwise) which relate to an Erroneous Payment will be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing (including, without limitation,
any obligation pursuant to which an Erroneous Payment is made) which, but for this paragraph (B), would reduce, release, preclude or
prejudice any such obligation or remedy (whether or not known by the Agent or any other Party).

 

		(C)	All payments to be made by a Party to
                                            the Agent (whether made pursuant to this Clause 34.17 or otherwise) which relate to an Erroneous
                                            Payment shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for)
                                            set-off or counterclaim.

 

		(D)	In this Agreement, “Erroneous
                                            Payment” means a payment of an amount by the Agent to another Party which the Agent
                                            determines (in its sole discretion) was made in error.

 

		34.18	Deduction from amounts payable by
                                            the Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the
Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any
payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in
or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received
any amount so deducted.

 

    99

     

    

 

		35.	Confidential Information

 

		35.1	Confidentiality

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all
Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 35.2 (Disclosure of
Confidential Information) and Clause 35.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential
Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

		35.2	Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

		(A)	to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds
                                            and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors,
                                            partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider
                                            appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to
                                            this Clause 35.2(A) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some
                                            or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there
                                            shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations
                                            to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements
                                            of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

		(B)	to any person:

 

		(1)	to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers
                                            (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under
                                            one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as
                                            Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives
                                            and professional advisers;

 

		(2)	with (or through) whom it enters into
                                            (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in
                                            relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made
                                            by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or the Borrower and to any of that person’s
                                            Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

		(3)	appointed by any Finance Party or by
                                            a person to whom Clause 35.2(B)(1) or Clause 35.2(B)(2) above applies to receive
                                            communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents
                                            on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under Clause 34.14(B) (Relationship
                                            with the Lenders));

 

		(4)	who invests in or otherwise finances
                                            (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction
                                            referred to in Clause 35.2(B)(1) or Clause 35.2(B)(2) above;

 

		(5)	to whom information is required or requested
                                            to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation
                                            or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange
                                            or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

    100

     

    

 

		(6)	to whom information is required to be
                                            disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative
                                            or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

		(7)	to whom or for whose benefit that Finance
                                            Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 23.9
                                            (Security over Lenders’ rights);

 

		(8)	who is a Party; or

 

		(9)	with the consent of the Borrower,

 

in each case, such Confidential Information
as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

		(a)	in relation to Clause 35.2(B)(1), Clause
                                            35.2(B)(2) and Clause 35.2(B)(3) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information
                                            is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be
                                            no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser
                                            and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential
                                            Information;

 

		(b)	in relation to Clause 35.2(B)(4) above,
                                            the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality
                                            Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential
                                            Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information
                                            may be price-sensitive information;

 

		(c)	in relation to Clause 35.2(B)(5), Clause
                                            35.2(B)(6) and Clause 35.2(B)(7) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information
                                            is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential
                                            Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement
                                            to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in
                                            the circumstances; and

 

		(C)	to any person appointed by that Finance
                                            Party or by a person to whom Clause 35.2(B)(1) or Clause 35.2(B)(2) above applies
                                            to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance
                                            Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect
                                            of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed
                                            to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause
                                            35.2(C) above if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be
                                            given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master
                                            Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such
                                            other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Finance
                                            Party; and

 

		(D)	to any rating agency (including its professional
                                            advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such
                                            rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents
                                            and/or the Borrower if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given
                                            is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information
                                            may be price-sensitive information.

 

    101

     

    

 

		35.3	Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

		(A)	Any Finance Party may disclose to any
                                            national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide
                                            identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, a Facility and/or the Borrower
                                            the following information:

 

		(1)	name of the Borrower;

 

		(2)	country of domicile of the Borrower;

 

		(3)	place of incorporation of the Borrower;

 

		(4)	date of this Agreement;

 

		(5)	Clause 38 (Governing Law)

 

		(6)	the name of the Agent and each of the
                                            Arrangers;

 

		(7)	date of each amendment and restatement
                                            of this Agreement;

 

		(8)	amounts of, and names of, the Facilities
                                            (and any tranches);

 

		(9)	amount of Total Commitments;

 

		(10)	currencies of the Facilities;

 

		(11)	type of Facilities;

 

		(12)	ranking of the Facilities;

 

		(13)	Termination Date for the Facilities;

 

		(14)	changes to any of the information previously
                                            supplied pursuant to Clause 35.3(A)(1) to Clause 35.3(A)(13) above; and

 

		(15)	such other information agreed between
                                            such Finance Party and the Borrower,

 

to enable such numbering service
provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

		(B)	The Parties acknowledge and agree that
                                            each identification number assigned to this Agreement, a Facility and/or the Borrower by
                                            a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be
                                            disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of
                                            that numbering service provider.

 

		(C)	The Borrower represents that none of the
                                            information set out in Clause 35.3(A)(1) to Clause 35.3(A)(15) above is, nor will at
                                            any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

		(D)	The Agent shall notify the Borrower and
                                            the other Finance Parties of:

 

		(1)	the name of any numbering service provider
                                            appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, a Facility and/or the Borrower; and

 

    102

     

    

 

		(2)	the number or, as the case may be, numbers
                                            assigned to this Agreement, a Facility and/or the Borrower by such numbering service provider.

 

		35.4	Entire agreement

 

This Clause 35 (Confidential Information)
constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents
regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

		35.5	Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges
that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be
regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the
Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

		35.6	Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees
(to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:

 

		(A)	of the circumstances of any disclosure
                                            of Confidential Information made pursuant to Clause 35.2(B)(5) (Disclosure of Confidential
                                            Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in
                                            Clause 35.2(B)(5) (Disclosure of Confidential Information) during the ordinary
                                            course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

		(B)	upon becoming aware that Confidential
                                            Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 35 (Confidential Information).

 

		35.7	Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 35 (Confidential
Information) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months
from the earlier of:

 

		(A)	the date on which all amounts payable
                                            by the Borrower under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all
                                            Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

		(B)	the date on which such Finance Party otherwise
                                            ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

		36.	Confidentiality of Funding Rates

 

		36.1	Confidentiality and disclosure

 

		(A)	The Agent and the Borrower agree to keep
                                            each Funding Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted
                                            by Clause 36.1(B) and Clause 36.1(C) below.

 

		(B)	The Agent may disclose:

 

		(1)	any Funding Rate to the Borrower pursuant
                                            to Clause 8.4 (Notification); and

 

    103

     

    

 

		(2)	any Funding Rate to any person appointed
                                            by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents
                                            to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the
                                            service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality
                                            agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use
                                            With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking
                                            agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender.

 

		(C)	The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate,
                                            and the Borrower may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

 

		(1)	any of its Affiliates and any of its
                                            or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives
                                            if any person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given pursuant to this Clause 36.1(C)(1) is
                                            informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information
                                            except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to
                                            professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or is otherwise
                                            bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

		(2)	any person to whom information is required
                                            or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental,
                                            banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant
                                            stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that
                                            Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it
                                            may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform
                                            if, in the opinion of the Agent or the Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable
                                            to do so in the circumstances;

 

		(3)	any person to whom information is required
                                            to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration,
                                            administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that
                                            Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it
                                            may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform
                                            if, in the opinion of the Agent or the Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable
                                            to do so in the circumstances; and

 

		(4)	any person with the consent of the relevant
                                            Lender.

 

		36.2	Related obligations

 

		(A)	The Agent and the Borrower acknowledge
                                            that each Funding Rate is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated
                                            or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing
                                            and market abuse and the Agent and the Borrower undertake not to use any Funding Rate for
                                            any unlawful purpose.

 

		(B)	The Agent and the Borrower agree (to the
                                            extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender e:

 

		(1)	of the circumstances of any disclosure
                                            made pursuant to Clause 36.1(C)(1) (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where
                                            such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary
                                            course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

    104

     

    

 

		(2)	upon becoming aware that any information
                                            has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 36 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates).

 

		36.3	No Event of Default

 

No Event of Default will occur under
Clause 22.3 (Other obligations) by reason only of the Borrower’s failure to comply with this Clause 36 (Confidentiality
of Funding Rates).

 

		37.	Counterparts

 

Each Finance Document may be executed
in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance
Document.

 

		38.	Governing Law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual
obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

		39.	Jurisdiction

 

		39.1	The courts of England have exclusive
                                            jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including
                                            a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual
                                            obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).

 

		39.2	The Parties agree that the courts of
                                            England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly
                                            no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

		39.3	Notwithstanding Clause 39.1 above, no
                                            Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other
                                            courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent
                                            proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

		40.	Waiver of trial by jury

 

Each Party waives any right it may
have to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action in connection with any Finance Document or any transaction contemplated by any Finance
Document. This Agreement may be filed as a written consent to trial by the court.

 

		41.	USA PATRIOT Act

 

Each Finance Party that is subject
to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act and/or the Beneficial Ownership Regulation hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the
requirements of the USA Patriot Act and/or the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, as applicable, it is required to obtain, verify and record
information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that
will allow such Finance Party to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA Patriot Act and/or the Beneficial Ownership Regulation,
as applicable. The Borrower agrees that it will provide each Finance Party with such information as it may request in order for such
Finance Party to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act and/or the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, as applicable.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the
date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

    105

     

    

 

Schedule
1 : The Finance Parties

 

Part 1
: The Original Lenders

 

[Reserved]

 

    106

     

    

 

 

Part 2
: The Arrangers

 

	Banco Santander, S.A., London Branch
	 
	Bank of China Limited, London Branch
	 
	Barclays Bank PLC
	 
	Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company
	 
	HSBC Bank plc
	 
	ING Bank N.V., London Branch
	 
	Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)
	 
	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., London Branch
	 
	BNP Paribas
	 
	Fifth Third Bank, National Association
	 
	HSBC UK Bank plc
	 
	J.P. Morgan Securities Plc
	 
	Mizuho Bank, Ltd.
	 
	The Bank of Nova Scotia, London Branch
	 
	Standard Chartered Bank
	 
	United Overseas Bank Limited

 

    	 	108	 

     

    

 

Schedule
2 : Conditions Precedent

 

Part 1
: Conditions Precedent to signing this Agreement

 

		1.	Borrower

 

		1.1	A copy of the constitutional documents
                                            of the Borrower.

 

		1.2	A copy of a resolution of the board of
                                            directors of the Borrower:

 

		(A)	approving the terms of, and the transactions
                                            contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute
                                            and perform the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

		(B)	authorising a specified person or persons
                                            to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

		(C)	authorising a specified person or persons,
                                            on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant,
                                            any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with
                                            the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

		1.3	A specimen of the signature of each person
                                            authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

		1.4	A certificate of an authorised signatory
                                            or the secretary or other officer of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating
                                            to it specified in this Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is correct,
                                            complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

		2.	Finance Documents

 

		2.1	This Agreement duly executed by the Parties.

 

		2.2	The duly executed Fee Letters.

 

		3.	Legal Opinion

 

A legal opinion of Allen &
Overy LLP, legal advisers to the Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

		4.	Other documents and evidence

 

		4.1	The duly executed Acquisition Agreement.

 

		4.2	Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses
                                            then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and
                                            Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the date of this Agreement.

 

    	 	109	 

     

    

 

Part 2
: Conditions Precedent to INitial UtilisatIon

 

		1.	Borrower

 

		1.1	Confirmation from the Borrower that the
                                            Acquisition Agreement has not been amended, varied, waived or supplemented from the form
                                            provided to the Agent under Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in a
                                            manner that could reasonably be expected to affect the Lenders’ interests materially
                                            and adversely.

 

		1.2	Confirmation from the Borrower that it
                                            has received all required consents pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement in
                                            relation to the Acquisition, including shareholder approval from the Borrower’s shareholders,
                                            and all conditions to Closing have been satisfied or waived (except any waiver that could
                                            reasonably be expected to affect the Lenders’ interests materially and adversely) and
                                            that the Acquisition will be consummated substantially simultaneously with the first Utilisation
                                            under this Agreement.

 

		1.3	Confirmation from the Borrower that it
                                            has the funds available to the Group (together with the proceeds of the Facilities under
                                            this Agreement) in order to meet the cash requirements in the Acquisition Agreement.

 

		1.4	A certificate of an authorised signatory
                                            or the secretary or other officer of the Borrower confirming that:

 

		(A)	borrowing the Total Commitments would
                                            not cause any borrowing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded;

 

		(B)	the shareholders of the Borrower have
                                            approved, by way of an ordinary resolution, an increase in the £3,000,000,000 borrowing
                                            limit included at section 134 (Borrowing powers) of the Borrower’s articles; and

 

		(C)	the confirmations included in the directors
                                            certificate provided to the Agent under Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent)
                                            remain true and correct up to and including the first Utilisation Date.

 

		2.	Other documents and evidence

 

		2.1	Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses
                                            then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and
                                            Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

		2.2	Either (i) confirmation from the
                                            Borrower that no event of default has occurred and is continuing under the Existing Facility
                                            Agreement or will result from the entry into or Utilisation of this Agreement or closing
                                            of the Acquisition; or (ii) confirmation from the Borrower that all amounts outstanding
                                            under the Existing Facility Agreement have been or will be repaid, and all commitments made
                                            available thereunder have been or will be cancelled in full, in each case, not later than
                                            date of first Utilisation under this Agreement.

 

    	 	110	 

     

    

 

Schedule
3 : Requests

 

Part 1
: Utilisation Request

 

From:    Rentokil Initial
plc as Borrower

 

To:         Skandinaviska
Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as Agent

 

Dated:   [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Rentokil
Initial plc – USD 2,700,000,000 Bridge and Term Facilities Agreement dated [·]
(the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This
                                            is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning
                                            in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

		2.	We wish to borrow a Loan on the following
                                            terms:

 

	Proposed
    Utilisation Date:	·
    (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
	 	 
	Facility
    to be utilised:	[Facility A] / [Facility B]
	 	 
	Currency of Loan:	USD
	 	 
	Amount:	[•] or, if less, the Available
    Facility

 

		3.	We confirm that each condition specified
                                            in Clause 4.2 (Utilisations during the Certain Funds Period) of the Facilities Agreement
                                            is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

		4.	The proceeds of this Loan should be credited
                                            to [account].

 

		5.	This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

		Yours faithfully	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	authorised signatory for	 	authorised signatory for
	 	 	 	 
	 	Rentokil Initial plc
 as Borrower	 	Rentokil Initial plc
 as Borrower

 

    	 	111	 

     

    

 

Part 2
: Extension NOTICE

 

From:    Rentokil Initial
plc as Borrower

 

To:         Skandinaviska
Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as Agent

 

Dated:   [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Rentokil
Initial plc – USD 2,700,000,000 Bridge and Term Facilities Agreement dated [·]
(the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This
                                            is an Extension Notice. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in
                                            this Extension Notice unless given a different meaning in this Extension Notice.

 

		2.	We request that the Termination Date of
                                            Facility A be extended to [insert date] (being the date falling three Months after
                                            the Initial Facility A Termination Date, or if that extended date is not a Business Day,
                                            the preceding Business Day).

 

		3.	We confirm that:

 

		(A)	no [Event of Default]/[Major Default]
                                            has occurred and is continuing;

 

		(B)	the [Repeating Representations]/[Major
                                            Representations]* 1 (other than the representation set out in Clause 18.14 (Sanctions))
                                            are true in all material respects; and

 

		(C)	the representation set out in Clause 18.14
                                            (Sanctions)) is true.

 

		4.	This Extension Notice is irrevocable.

 

	 	Yours faithfully	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	authorised signatory for	 	authorised signatory for
	 	 	 	 
	 	Rentokil Initial plc
 as Borrower	 	Rentokil Initial plc
 as Borrower

 

 

1 Delete as applicable

 

    	 	112	 

     

    

 

Schedule
4 : Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To:          Skandinaviska
Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as Agent

 

From:     [The
Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

Dated:   [•]

 

Rentokil
Initial plc – USD 2,700,000,000 Bridge and Term Facilities Agreement dated [·]
(the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This
                                            is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning
                                            in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

		2.	We refer to Clause 23.6 (Procedure for
                                            transfer):

 

		2.1	The Existing Lender and the New Lender
                                            agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation, and in accordance
                                            with Clause 23.6 (Procedure for transfer), all of the Existing Lender’s rights
                                            and obligations under the Facilities Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate
                                            to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment and participations in Loans under
                                            the Facilities Agreement as specified in the schedule.

 

		2.2	The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

 

		2.3	The Facility Office and address, email
                                            address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 29.2
                                            (Addresses) are set out in the schedule.

 

		3.	The New Lender expressly acknowledges the
                                            limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in Clause 23.5 (Limitation
                                            of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

		4.	The New Lender confirms, for the benefit
                                            of the Agent and without liability to the Borrower, that it is:

 

		4.1	[a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty
                                            Lender);]

 

		4.2	[a Treaty Lender;]

 

		4.3	[not a Qualifying Lender].2

 

		5.	[The New Lender confirms that the person
                                            beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a
                                            Finance Document is either:

 

		5.1	a company resident in the United Kingdom
                                            for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

		5.2	a partnership each member of which is:

 

		(A)	a company so resident in the United Kingdom;
                                            or

 

 

 

	2	Delete as applicable – each New Lender
                                            is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within.

 

    	 	113	 

     

    

 

		(B)	a company not so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment
                                            and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of
                                            section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance
                                            that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

		5.3	a company not so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment
                                            and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the
                                            chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]3

 

		6.	[The New Lender confirms (for the benefit
                                            of the Agent and without liability to the Borrower) that it holds a passport under the HMRC
                                            DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [•]), is tax resident in [•]4
                                            and wishes such passport to apply in respect of the Facilities Agreement so that interest
                                            payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax,
                                            and notifies the Borrower that the Borrower must make an application to HM Revenue &
                                            Customs on Form DTTP2 within 30 days of the Transfer Date5.]

 

		7.	This Transfer Certificate may be executed
                                            in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts
                                            were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

		8.	This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual
                                            obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

		9.	This Transfer Certificate has been entered
                                            into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

	3	Include if New Lender comes within paragraph
                                            (1)(b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

	4	Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

	5	This confirmation must be included if the
                                            New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme
                                            to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

 

    	 	114	 

     

    

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, email address and
attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

	[Existing
    Lender]	[New Lender]
	 	 
	By:	By:

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the
Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

 

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

 

By:

 

    	 	115	 

     

    

 

Schedule
5 : Form of Assignment Agreement

 

To:          Skandinaviska
Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as Agent and Rentokil Initial plc as Borrower

 

From:     [The
Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

Dated:   [•]

 

Rentokil
Initial plc – USD 2,700,000,000 Bridge and Term Facilities Agreement dated [·]
(the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This
                                            is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning
                                            in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

		2.	We refer to Clause 23.7 (Procedure for
                                            assignment):

 

		2.1	The Existing Lender assigns absolutely
                                            to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Facilities Agreement and
                                            the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment
                                            and participations in Loans under the Facilities Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

		2.2	The Existing Lender is released from all
                                            the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s
                                            Commitment and participations in Loans under the Facilities Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

		2.3	The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender
                                            and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released
                                            under paragraph 2.2 above. 6

 

		3.	The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

 

		4.	On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes
                                            Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

		5.	The Facility Office and address, email
                                            address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 29.2
                                            (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

		6.	The New Lender expressly acknowledges the
                                            limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in Clause 23.5 (Limitation
                                            of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

		7.	The New Lender confirms, for the benefit
                                            of the Agent and without liability to the Borrower, that it is:

 

		7.1	[a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty
                                            Lender);]

 

		7.2	[a Treaty Lender;]

 

 

 

	6	If the Assignment Agreement is used in place
                                            of a Transfer Certificate in order to avoid a novation of rights/obligations for reasons
                                            relevant to a civil jurisdiction, local law advice should be sought to check the suitability
                                            of the Assignment Agreement due to the assumption of obligations contained in paragraph 22.3.
                                            This issue should be addressed at primary documentation stage.

 

    	 	116	 

     

    

 

		7.3	[not a Qualifying Lender].7

 

		8.	[The New Lender confirms that the person
                                            beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a
                                            Finance Document is either:

 

		8.1	a company resident in the United Kingdom
                                            for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

		8.2	a partnership each member of which is:

 

		(A)	a company so resident in the United Kingdom;
                                            or

 

		(B)	a company not so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment
                                            and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of
                                            section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance
                                            that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

		8.3	a company not so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment
                                            and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the
                                            chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]8

 

		9.	[The New Lender confirms (for the benefit
                                            of the Agent and without liability to the Borrower) that it holds a passport under the HMRC
                                            DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [•]), is tax resident in [•]9
                                            and wishes such passport to apply in respect of the Facilities Agreement so that interest
                                            payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax,
                                            and notifies the Borrower that the Borrower must make an application to HM Revenue &
                                            Customs on Form DTTP2 within 30 days of the Transfer Date10.]

 

		10.	This Assignment Agreement acts as notice
                                            to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause
                                            23.8 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the
                                            Borrower), to the Borrower of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

		11.	This Assignment Agreement may be executed
                                            in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts
                                            were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

		12.	This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual
                                            obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

		13.	This Assignment Agreement has been entered
                                            into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

 

 

	7	Delete as applicable – each New Lender
                                            is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within.

	8	Include only if New Lender is a UK Non-Bank
                                            Lender – i.e. falls within paragraph (1)(b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender
                                            in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

	9	Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

	10	This confirmation must be included if the
                                            New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme
                                            to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

 

    	 	117	 

     

    

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Rights to be assigned and obligations to be
released and undertaken

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, email address and
attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

	[Existing Lender]	[New Lender]
	 	 
	By:	By:

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer
Date is confirmed as [•].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the
Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Agent receives
on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

 

By:

 

    	 	118	 

     

    

 

Schedule
6 : [Schedule not used]

 

    	 	119	 

     

    

 

Schedule
7 : Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:          Skandinaviska
Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as Agent

 

From:     Rentokil
Initial plc as Borrower

 

Dated:   [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Rentokil
Initial plc – USD 2,700,000,000 Bridge and Term Facilities Agreement dated [·]
(the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This
                                            is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning
                                            when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance
                                            Certificate.

 

		2.	The following entities are the Material
                                            Subsidiaries as at the date of this Compliance Certificate:

 

		2.1	[                   ];

 

		2.2	[                   ];
                                            and

 

		2.3	[                   ].

 

		3.	[We confirm that no [Default]/[Major Default]
                                            is continuing as at the Relevant Testing Date11.]

 

	Signed:	 

 

Director

for and on behalf of

Rentokil Initial plc as Borrower

 

 

 

	11	Delete as applicable depending if certificate
                                            given during the Certain Funds Period. If this statement cannot be made, the certificate
                                            should identify any Default/Major Default as applicable that is continuing and the steps,
                                            if any, being taken to remedy it.

 

    	 	120	 

     

    

 

Schedule
8 : Form of RATING Certificate

 

To:          Skandinaviska
Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as Agent

 

From:     Rentokil
Initial plc as Borrower

 

Dated:   [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Rentokil Initial plc – USD 2,700,000,000
Bridge and Term Facilities Agreement dated [●] (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This
                                            is the Rating Certificate. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning
                                            in this Rating Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Rating Certificate.

 

		2.	We confirm that the Credit Rating of the
                                            Borrower is [●].

 

		3.	The applicable Margin for Facility B will
                                            (five Business Days after the receipt by the Agent of this Rating Certificate) therefore
                                            be [●].

 

	Signed:	 

 

Authorised signatory

for and on behalf of

Rentokil Initial plc as Borrower

 

By:

 

    	 	121	 

     

    

 

Schedule
9 : Timetables

 

	Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation
    Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request)) 	U-1

    11:00 a.m.
	 	 
	Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance
    with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)	U-1

    4:00 p.m.

 

“U” = date of utilisation

 

“U – X” = X Business
Days prior to date of utilisation

 

    	 	122	 

     

    

 

 

Schedule
10 : Form of Increase Confirmation

 

		To:	Skandinaviska Enskilda
                                            Banken AB (publ) as Agent and Rentokil Initial plc as Borrower

 

		From:	[The Increase Lender]
                                            (the “Increase Lender”)

 

		Dated:	[•]

 

Rentokil
Initial plc – USD 2,700,000,000 Bridge and Term Facilities Agreement dated [●]
(the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This
                                            agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation
                                            for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have
                                            the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

		2.	We refer to Clause 2.2 (Increase)
                                            of the Facilities Agreement.

 

		3.	The Increase Lender agrees to assume and
                                            will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule
                                            (the “Relevant Commitment”) as if it was an Original Lender under the
                                            Facilities Agreement.

 

		4.	The proposed date on which the increase
                                            in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “Increase
                                            Date”) is [•].

 

		5.	On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender
                                            becomes party to the relevant Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

		6.	The
                                            Facility Office and address, email address and attention details for notices to the Increase
                                            Lender for the purposes of Clause ‎29.2
                                            (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

		7.	The
                                            Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations
                                            referred to in Clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Facilities Agreement.

 

		8.	The Increase Lender confirms, for the benefit
                                            of the Agent and without liability to the Borrower, that it is:

 

		8.1	[a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty
                                            Lender);]

 

		8.2	[a Treaty Lender;]

 

		8.3	[not a Qualifying Lender12].

 

		9.	[The Increase Lender confirms that the
                                            person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance
                                            under a Finance Document is either:

 

		9.1	a company resident in the United Kingdom
                                            for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

 

		12	Delete
                                            as applicable - each Increase Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories
                                            it falls within.

 

    123

    

    

 

		9.2	a partnership each member of which is:

 

		(A)	a company so resident in the United Kingdom;
                                            or

 

		(B)	a company not so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment
                                            and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of
                                            section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance
                                            that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

		9.3	a company not so resident in the United
                                            Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment
                                            and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the
                                            chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.13]

 

		10.	[The Increase Lender confirms (for the
                                            benefit of the Agent and without liability to the Borrower) that it holds a passport under
                                            the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [•]), is tax resident in [•]14
                                            and wishes such passport to apply in respect of the Facilities Agreement so that interest
                                            payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax,
                                            and notifies the Borrower that the Borrower must make an application to HM Revenue &
                                            Customs on Form DTTP2 within 30 days of the Increase Date.]15

 

[9/10].This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

[10/11].This Agreement and any non-contractual
obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[11/12].This Agreement has been entered into
on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

 

		13	Include
                                            only if Increase Lender is a UK Non-Bank Lender i.e. falls within paragraph (1)(b) of the
                                            definition of Qualifying Lender.

		14	Insert
                                            jurisdiction of tax residence.

		15	This
                                            confirmation must be included if the Increase Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty
                                            Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

 

    124

    

    

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations
to be assumed by the Increase Lender

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, email address and
attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

[Increase Lender]

 

By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as an Increase Confirmation
for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent, and the Increase Date is confirmed as [     ].

 

Agent: Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

 

By:

 

    125

    

    

 

Schedule
11 : [Schedule not used]

 

    126

    

    

 

Schedule
12 : LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking

 

[Letterhead of Seller]

 

Date: [•]

 

		To:	[insert name of potential
                                            purchaser]

 

		Re:	The Agreement

 

	Company: [•]	(the “Company”)

 

Date: [•]

 

Amount: [•]

 

Agent:
[•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

We understand that you are considering acquiring
an interest in the Agreement which, subject to the Agreement, may be by way of novation, assignment, the entering into, whether directly
or indirectly, of a sub-participation or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to one
or more Finance Documents or by way of investing in or otherwise financing, directly or indirectly, any such novation, assignment, sub-participation
or other transaction (the “Acquisition”). In consideration of us agreeing to make available to you certain information,
by your signature of a copy of this letter you agree as follows:

 

		1.	Confidentiality Undertaking

 

You undertake (a) to keep all
Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraph 2 below and to ensure
that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to your own confidential
information, and (b) until the Acquisition is completed to use the Confidential Information only for the Permitted Purpose.

 

		2.	Permitted Disclosure

 

We agree that you may disclose:

 

		2.1	to any of your Affiliates and any of your
                                            or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers and auditors such Confidential
                                            Information as you shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information
                                            is to be given pursuant to this paragraph 2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential
                                            nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information,
                                            except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to
                                            professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise
                                            bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

		2.2	subject to the requirements of the Agreement,
                                            to any person:

 

		(A)	to (or through) whom you assign or transfer
                                            (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of your rights and/or obligations which
                                            you may acquire under the Agreement such Confidential Information as you shall consider appropriate
                                            if the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph
                                            (A) of paragraph 2.2 has delivered a letter to you in equivalent form to this letter;

 

    127

    

    

 

		(B)	with (or through) whom you enter into
                                            (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction
                                            under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to the Agreement or the Company
                                            such Confidential Information as you shall consider appropriate if the person to whom the
                                            Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (B) of paragraph
                                            2.2 has delivered a letter to you in equivalent form to this letter;

 

		(C)	to whom information is required or requested
                                            to be disclosed by any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar
                                            body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or
                                            regulation such Confidential Information as you shall consider appropriate; and

 

		2.3	notwithstanding paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2
                                            above, Confidential Information to such persons to whom, and on the same terms as, a Finance
                                            Party is permitted to disclose Confidential Information under the Agreement, as if such permissions
                                            were set out in full in this letter and as if references in those permissions to Finance
                                            Party were references to you16.

 

		3.	Notification of Disclosure

 

You agree (to the extent permitted
by law and regulation) to inform us:

 

		3.1	of the circumstances of any disclosure
                                            of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub-paragraph (C) of paragraph 2.2 above
                                            except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph
                                            during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

		3.2	upon becoming aware that Confidential
                                            Information has been disclosed in breach of this letter.

 

		4.	Return of copies

 

If you do not enter into the Acquisition
and we so request in writing, you shall return or destroy all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroy or permanently
erase (to the extent technically practicable) all copies of Confidential Information made by you and use your reasonable endeavours to
ensure that anyone to whom you have supplied any Confidential Information destroys or permanently erases (to the extent technically practicable)
such Confidential Information and any copies made by them, in each case save to the extent that you or the recipients are required to
retain any such Confidential Information by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory
or regulatory body or in accordance with internal policy, or where the Confidential Information has been disclosed under sub-paragraph
(C) of paragraph 2.2 above.

 

 

		16	The
                                            intention of this paragraph is to ensure that (i) any permitted disclosures in the Facilities
                                            Agreement which are subject to less onerous disclosure requirements and (ii) any additional
                                            permitted disclosures in the Facilities Agreement are also permitted under this letter.

 

    128

    

    

 

		5.	Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this letter are
continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on you until (a) if you become a party to the Agreement as a lender
of record, the date on which you become such a party to the Agreement; (b) if you enter into the Acquisition but it does not result
in you becoming a party to the Agreement as a lender of record, the date falling [twelve] months after the date on which all of your
rights and obligations contained in the documentation entered into to implement that Acquisition have terminated17; or (c) in
any other case the date falling [twelve] months after the date of your final receipt (in whatever manner) of any Confidential Information.

 

		6.	No Representation; Consequences of
                                            Breach, etc

 

You acknowledge and agree that:

 

		6.1	neither we, nor any member of the Group
                                            nor any of our or their respective officers, employees or advisers (each a “Relevant
                                            Person”) (i) make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to,
                                            or assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the
                                            Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or the assumptions on which
                                            it is based or (ii) shall be under any obligation to update or correct any inaccuracy
                                            in the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or be otherwise liable
                                            to you or any other person in respect of the Confidential Information or any such information;
                                            and

 

		6.2	we or members of the Group may be irreparably
                                            harmed by the breach of the terms of this letter and damages may not be an adequate remedy;
                                            each Relevant Person may be granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened
                                            or actual breach of the provisions of this letter by you.

 

		7.	Entire Agreement: no waiver; amendments,
                                            etc

 

		7.1	This letter constitutes the entire agreement
                                            between us in relation to your obligations regarding Confidential Information and supersedes
                                            any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

		7.2	No failure to exercise, nor any delay
                                            in exercising, any right or remedy under this letter will operate as a waiver of any such
                                            right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm this letter. No election to affirm this
                                            letter will be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right
                                            or remedy will prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or
                                            remedy under this letter.

 

		7.3	The terms of this letter and your obligations
                                            under this letter may only be amended or modified by written agreement between us.

 

		8.	Inside Information

 

You acknowledge that some or all of
the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited
by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and you undertake not to use any Confidential
Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

 

		17	The
                                            purpose of this paragraph (b) is to ensure that if the Acquisition does not result in the
                                            potential purchaser becoming a lender of record under the Agreement, the confidentiality
                                            obligations imposed on the potential purchaser in this letter will continue until the expiry
                                            of an agreed period after termination of the sub-participation, assignment or other transaction.

 

    129

    

    

 

		9.	Nature of Undertakings

 

The undertakings given by you under
this letter are given to us and are also given for the benefit of the Company and each other member of the Group.

 

		10.	Third Party Rights

 

		10.1	Subject to this paragraph 10 and to paragraphs
                                            6 and 9, a person who is not a party to this letter has no right under the Contracts (Rights
                                            of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or to
                                            enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter.

 

		10.2	The Relevant Persons may enjoy the benefit
                                            of the terms of paragraphs 6 and 9 subject to and in accordance with this paragraph 10 and
                                            the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

		10.3	Notwithstanding any provisions of this
                                            letter, the parties to this letter do not require the consent of any Relevant Person to rescind
                                            or vary this letter at any time.

 

		11.	Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

		11.1	This letter (including the agreement
                                            constituted by your acknowledgement of its terms) (the “Letter”) and any
                                            non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it (including any non-contractual
                                            obligations arising out of the negotiation of the transaction contemplated by this Letter)18
                                            are governed by English law.

 

		11.2	The courts of England have non-exclusive
                                            jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Letter (including
                                            a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with
                                            either this Letter or the negotiation of the transaction contemplated by this Letter).

 

		12.	Definitions

 

In this letter (including the acknowledgement
set out below) terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning and:

 

“Confidential Information”
means all information relating to the Company, the Group, the Finance Documents, [the/a] Facility and/or the Acquisition which is provided
to you in relation to the Finance Documents or [the/a] Facility by us or any of our affiliates or advisers, in whatever form, and includes
information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or
is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

		(A)	is or becomes public information other
                                            than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by you of this letter; or

 

		(B)	is identified in writing at the time of
                                            delivery as non-confidential by us or our advisers; or

 

		(C)	is known by you before the date the information
                                            is disclosed to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers or is lawfully obtained by
                                            you after that date, from a source which is, as far as you are aware, unconnected with the
                                            Group and which, in either case, as far as you are aware, has not been obtained in breach
                                            of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

 

		18	The
                                            reference to non-contractual obligations arising out of the negotiation of the contemplated
                                            transaction is intended to specifically apply the governing law (and jurisdiction) clause
                                            to any non-contractual obligations arising out of negotiations where the transaction breaks
                                            down before the documentation documenting the debt trade is entered into.

 

    130

    

    

 

“Group” means the
Company and its subsidiaries for the time being (as such term is defined in the Companies Act 2006).

 

“Permitted Purpose”
means considering and evaluating whether to enter into the Acquisition.

 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the above
by signing and returning the enclosed copy.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

	 	 
	For and on behalf of 

    [Seller]	 

 

To:     [Seller]

 

The Company and each other member of the Group

 

We acknowledge and agree to the above:

 

 

	 	 
	For and on behalf of
 [insert the name of potential purchaser]	 

 

    131

    

    

 

Schedule
13 : Reference Rate Terms

 

CURRENCY:
Dollars

 

Cost
of funds as a fallback

 

Cost
of funds will not apply as a fallback.

 

Definitions

 

	Additional
    Business Days:	An RFR Banking
    Day.
	 	 
	Break Costs:	None specified.
	 	 
	Business
    Day Conventions (definition of “Month” and Clause 9.2 (Non-Business Days)):	(a)          If
    any period is expressed to accrue by reference to a Month or any number of Months then, in respect of the last Month of that period:

     

	(i)           subject
    to paragraph (iii) below, if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business
    Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business
    Day;
	 	 
	 	(ii)          if
    there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last
    Business Day in that calendar month; and

     

    (iii)         if
    an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in
    the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

	 	 
	 	(b)          If
    an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business
    Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
	 	 
	Central Bank Rate:	(a)          The
    short-term interest rate target set by the US Federal Open Market Committee as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
    from time to time; or

     

    (b)          if
    that target is not a single figure, the arithmetic mean of:

     

    (i)           the
    upper bound of the short-term interest rate target range set by the US Federal Open Market Committee and published by the Federal
    Reserve Bank of New York; and

     

    (ii)         the
    lower bound of that target range.

 

    132

    

    

 

	Central
    Bank Rate Adjustment:	In relation to the Central Bank Rate prevailing
    at close of business on any RFR Banking Day, the 20 per cent. trimmed arithmetic mean (calculated by the Agent, or by any other Finance
    Party which agrees to do so in place of the Agent) of the Central Bank Rate Spreads for the five most immediately preceding RFR Banking
    Days for which the RFR is available.

     

    For this purpose, “Central Bank
    Rate Spread” means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day, the difference (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) calculated
    by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to do so in place of the Agent) between:

     

    (a)          the
    RFR for that RFR Banking Day; and

     

    (b)          the
    Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on that RFR Banking Day.

	 	 
	Daily
    Rate:	The “Daily Rate” for any
    RFR Banking Day is:

     

    (a)         the
    RFR for that RFR Banking Day; or

     

    (b)          if
    the RFR is not available for that RFR Banking Day, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

     

    (i)         the
    Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day; and

     

    (ii)        the
    applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment; or

     

    (c)          if
    paragraph (b) above applies but the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day is not available, the percentage rate per annum
    which is the aggregate of:

     

    (i)           the
    most recent Central Bank Rate for a day which is no more than five RFR Banking Days before that RFR Banking Day; and

     

    (ii)          the
    applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment,

     

    rounded, in each case, to five decimal places
    and if, in each case, that rate is less than zero, the Daily Rate shall be deemed to be zero.

	 	 
	Lookback
    Period:	Five RFR Banking Days.
	 	 
	Market
    Disruption Rate:	The percentage rate per
    annum which is the Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for the Interest Period of the relevant Loan
	 	 
	Relevant
    Market:	The market for overnight
    cash borrowing collateralised by US government securities.
	 	 
	Reporting
    Day:	The Business Day which
    follows the day which is the Lookback Period prior to the last day of the Interest Period.
	 	 
	RFR:	The secured overnight financing
    rate (SOFR) administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over the administration of that
    rate) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over the publication of that rate).

 

    133

    

    

 

	RFR
    Banking Day:	Any day other than:

     

    (a)          a
    Saturday or Sunday; and

     

    (b)          a
    day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or any successor organisation) recommends that the fixed
    income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in US government securities.

	 	 
	RFR
    Contingency Period	20 RFR
    Banking Days.

 

Reporting
Times

 

	Deadline for
    Lenders to report market disruption in accordance with Clause 10.2 (Market disruption):	 	Close of business
    in London on the Reporting Day for the relevant Loan.
	 	 	 
	Deadline for Lenders to
    report their cost of funds in accordance with Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds):	 	Close of business on the date falling two
    Business Days after the Reporting Day for the relevant Loan (or, if earlier, on the date falling two Business Days before the date
    on which interest is due to be paid in respect of the Interest Period for that Loan).

     

 

    134

    

    

 

 

Schedule
14 : Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate

 

The “Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded
RFR Rate” for any RFR Banking Day “i” during an Interest Period for a Loan is the percentage rate per annum (without
rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for the Finance Party performing the calculation, taking into account the capabilities
of any software used for that purpose) calculated as set out below:

 

 

where:

 

“UCCDRi” means the Unannualised
Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that RFR Banking Day “i”;

 

“UCCDRi-1” means, in relation
to that RFR Banking Day “i”, the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for the immediately preceding RFR Banking
Day (if any) during that Interest Period;

 

“dcc” means 360 or, in any
case where market practice in the Relevant Market is to use a different number for quoting the number of days in a year, that number;

 

“ni” means the number of calendar
days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day “i” up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day; and

 

the “Unannualised Cumulative Compounded
Daily Rate” for any RFR Banking Day (the “Cumulated RFR Banking Day”) during that Interest Period is the
result of the below calculation (without rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for the Finance Party performing the calculation,
taking into account the capabilities of any software used for that purpose):

 

 

where:

 

“ACCDR” means the Annualised
Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;

 

“tni” means the number of
calendar days from, and including, the first day of the Cumulation Period to, but excluding, the RFR Banking Day which immediately follows
the last day of the Cumulation Period;

 

“Cumulation Period” means
the period from, and including, the first RFR Banking Day of that Interest Period to, and including, that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;

 

“dcc” has the meaning given
to that term above; and

 

the “Annualised Cumulative Compounded
Daily Rate” for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day is the percentage rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places
as is specified in the relevant definition of “Daily Rate”) calculated as set out below:

 

 

    135

     

    

 

where:

 

“d0” means the number of RFR
Banking Days in the Cumulation Period;

 

“Cumulation Period” has the
meaning given to that term above;

 

“i” means a series of whole
numbers from one to d0, each representing the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order in the Cumulation Period;

 

“DailyRatei-LP” means, for
any RFR Banking Day “i” in the Cumulation Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day which is the Lookback Period
prior to that RFR Banking Day “i”;

 

“ni” means, for any RFR Banking
Day “i” in the Cumulation Period, the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day “i”
up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day;

 

“dcc” has the meaning given
to that term above; and

 

“tni” has the meaning given
to that term above.

 

    136

     

    

 

EXECUTION PAGES

 

	The Borrower	 	 
	 	 	 
	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Rentokil Initial plc	)	Signature

 

		Address:	Rentokil Initial plc

                                            Compass House

                                            Manor Royal

                                            Crawley

                                            RH10 9PY

 

		Attention:	Treasury

 

		Email:	treasury.front-office@rentokil-initial.com

		Copy to:	bente.salt@rentokil-initial.com

		Copy to:	secretariat@rentokil-initial.com

 

    137

     

    

 

	The Arrangers	 	 
	 	 	 
	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Banco Santander, S.A., London Branch	)	 
	 	)	 
	 	)	 
	 	)	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Bank of America	)	 
	Europe Designated Activity Company	)	Signature
	 	)	 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Bank of China Limited,	)	Signature
	London Branch	)	 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Barclays Bank PLC	)	Signature

 

    138

     

    

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	BNP Paribas	)	Signature

 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Fifth Third Bank, National Association	)	Signature
	 	)	 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	HSBC Bank plc	)	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	HSBC UK Bank plc	)	Signature

 

    139

     

    

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	ING Bank N.V., London Branch	)	Signature

 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	J.P. Morgan Securities Plc	)	Signature
	 	)	 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Mizuho Bank, Ltd.	)	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	The Bank of Nova Scotia, London Branch	)	Signature
	 	)	 

 

    140

     

    

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)	)	Signature
	 	)	 

 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Standard Chartered Bank	)	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	United Overseas Bank Limited	)	Signature
	 	)	 

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
    London Branch	)	Signature
		 	 

 

    141

     

    

 

	The
                                            Original Lenders
	 	 
	 	 	 
	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on
    behalf of	)	 
	Banco Santander,
    S.A., London Branch	)	 
		)	 
	 	)	Signature
	 	)	 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on
    behalf of	)	 
	Bank of America	)	Signature
	Europe Designated Activity Company	)	
		)	

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	
	Bank of China Limited, London Branch	)	Signature
		)	 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf
    of	)	 
	Barclays Bank
    PLC	)	Signature

 

    	 	142	 

     

    

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	BNP Paribas Fortis SA/NV	)	Signature

 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	BNP Paribas	)	Signature

 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Fifth Third Bank, National Association	)	Signature
	 	)	 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

    	 	143	 

     

    

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	HSBC Bank plc	)	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	HSBC UK Bank plc	)	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	ING Bank N.V., London Branch	)	Signature

 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch	)	Signature
		)	 

 

    	 	144	 

     

    

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Mizuho Bank, Ltd.	)	Signature

 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	The Bank of Nova Scotia, London Branch	)	Signature
		)	 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)	)	Signature
		)	 

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Standard Chartered Bank	)	Signature

 

    	 	145	 

     

    

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	United Overseas Bank Limited	)	Signature
	 	)	 

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., London Branch	)	Signature
			 

 

    	 	146	 

     

    

 

The Agent

 

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)	)	
		)	 
	 	)	Signature

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

		Address:	One Carter Lane, London, EC4V 5AN, United Kingdom

 

		Attention:	Loans Agency

 

		Email:	agency@seb.co.uk

 

	With a copy to:	sco@seb.se

 

	Copy attention:	SEB Structured Credit Operations

 

    	 	147	 

     

    

 

The Documentation Agent

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

 

	SIGNED by	 	)	 
	 	Please print name of signatory	)	 
	for and on behalf of	)	 
	Barclays Bank PLC	)	 
		)	 
	 	)	Signature

 

	 	 
	 	Signature

 

		Address:	1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP, UK

 

		Attention:	Daniel Scoines

 

		Email:	Daniel.scoines@barclays.com

 

    	 	148Exhibit 10.4

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT LETTER

 

To:           Rentokil
Initial plc (the “Borrower”)

Compass House

Manor Royal

Crawley

West Sussex

RH10 9PY

 

 25  March 2022

 

Dear Sir or Madam

 

Project Noble – USD 2,700,000,000 bridge and term facilities
agreement dated 25 February 2022 (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

		1.	Interpretation

 

		1.1	Incorporation of defined terms

 

		(A)	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. Unless a contrary indication appears in this letter, a term defined
in the Facilities Agreement has the same meaning in this letter. In addition, the definition below applies in this letter:

 

“Effective Date” means
the date on which this letter is countersigned by the Borrower.

 

		(B)	Unless a contrary indication appears in this letter, the principles of construction set out in the Facilities
Agreement shall have effect as if set out in, and referring to, this letter.

 

		1.2	Third party rights

 

		(A)	Unless expressly provided to the contrary in this letter, a person who is not a party to this letter has
no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any of its terms.

 

		(B)	Notwithstanding any term of this letter, the consent of any person who is not a party to this letter is
not required to rescind or vary this letter at any time.

 

		1.3	Designation

 

In accordance with the Facilities Agreement,
each of the Borrower and the Agent designate this letter as a Finance Document.

 

		2.	Amendment

 

With effect on and from the Effective
Date, the Facilities Agreement shall be amended as set out in Schedule 1 (Amendments to the Facilities Agreement).

 

    1

     

    

 

		3.	Representations

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the
Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing:

 

		(A)	on the date of this letter as if references to “this Agreement” and “the Finance Documents”
are references to the Facilities Agreement as if it were amended by this letter; and

 

		(B)	on the Effective Date.

 

		4.	Continuing obligations

 

		(A)	The provisions of the Facilities Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall, save as amended by this
letter, continue in full force and effect.

 

		(B)	No waiver of any provisions of any Finance Document is given by the terms of this letter and the Finance
Parties expressly reserve all their rights and remedies in respect of any breach of, or Default under, the Finance Documents.

 

		(C)	References in the Facilities Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”,
 “hereunder” and expressions of similar import shall, on and from the Effective Date, be deemed to be references to
the Facilities Agreement as amended by this letter.

 

		(D)	References, however expressed, in any Finance Document (other than the Facilities Agreement) to the Facilities
Agreement shall, on and from the Effective Date, be deemed to be references to the Facilities Agreement as amended by this letter.

 

		5.	Transaction Expenses

 

The Borrower shall within three Business
Days of demand reimburse the Agent for the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the
Agent in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of this letter and any other documents referred to in this
letter.

 

		6.	Miscellaneous

 

		6.1	Incorporation of terms

 

The provisions of clauses 29 (Notices),
31 (Partial Invalidity), 32 (Remedies and Waivers) and 39 (Jurisdiction) of the Facilities Agreement shall be incorporated
into this letter as if set out in full in this letter and as if reference in those clauses to “this Agreement” are
references to this letter.

 

		6.2	Counterparts

 

This letter may be executed in any number
of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter.

 

		7.	Governing law

 

This letter and any non-contractual
obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

If you agree to the above, please sign where indicated below.

 

    2

     

    

 

Yours faithfully

 

	/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]	 

 

For and on behalf of

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

as Agent (acting on
the instructions of all of the Lenders)

 

    3

     

    

 

We agree to the above.

 

	/s/ Stuart Ingall-tombs	 
	Stuart Ingall-tombs (Mar 25, 2022 13:42 GMT)	 

 

For

RENTOKIL INITIAL PLC

as the Borrower

 

Date:

 

    4

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 1 : AMENDMENTS TO THE FACILITIES AGREEMENT

 

		1.	Clause 1.1 (Definitions) of the Facilities Agreement shall be amended by:

 

		(A)	deleting the following definitions: 

 

“Acquisition Agreement”;

 

“Availability Period”;

 

“First End Date Extension”;

 

“First Extended End Date”;

 

“Original End Date”;

 

“Second End Date Extension”;
and

 

“Second Extended End Date”.

 

		(B)	inserting the following new definitions in the correct alphabetical order as follows:

 

“Acquisition Agreement”
means the agreement and plan of merger between the Borrower, Bidco, the Target, Leto Holdings I, Inc. and Leto Holdings II, LLC dated
13 December 2021, as amended pursuant to that certain amendment no. 1 to the agreement and plan of merger dated 14 March 2022.

 

“Availability Period” means the period on
and from the date of this Agreement and ending at 11.59 pm (New York City time) on the earlier to occur of:

 

		(A)	the date falling 90 days after the Closing Date;

 

		(B)	the date on which the Acquisition Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms;

 

		(C)	if the End Date Extension has not occurred, the Original End Date; and

 

		(D)	if the End Date Extension has occurred, the Extended End Date.

 

“End Date Extension” means the extension
of the Original End Date to the Extended End Date pursuant to Section 10.01(b)(i) of the Acquisition Agreement;

 

“Extended End Date” means 13 March 2023;
and

 

“Original End Date” means 31 December 2022.

 

		2.	Clause 7.4 (Automatic cancellation) of the Facilities Agreement shall be amended by deleting it
in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

		“7.4	Automatic
cancellation

 

The Total Commitments shall be immediately cancelled at 11.59
pm (New York City time) on the earlier to occur of:

 

		(A)	the Original End Date, if the Closing Date has not occurred by that date and the End Date Extension has
not occurred;

 

    5

     

    

 

		(B)	the Extended End Date, if the Closing Date has not occurred by that date; and

 

		(C)	the date on which the Acquisition Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.”.

 

		3.	Paragraph (C) of clause 19.8 (Acquisition) of the Facilities Agreement shall be amended by
deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“The Borrower shall promptly notify
the Agent (and the Agent shall, promptly upon receiving such notice, notify the Lenders) if, in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition
Agreement, the Original End Date is extended to the Extended End Date.”

 

    6

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00345-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00345-of-00352.parquet"}]]